]> git.saurik.com Git - apt.git/blob - doc/po/apt-doc.pot
You can't just assume the start is always zero :/.
[apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot
1 # Translation of apt manpages and documentation to LANGUAGE
2 # This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
3 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
4 #
5 #, fuzzy
6 msgid ""
7 msgstr ""
8 "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.4~beta1\n"
9 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
10 "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-25 23:46+0100\n"
11 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
12 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
13 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
14 "Language: \n"
15 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
16 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
17 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
18
19 #. type: Plain text
20 #: apt.ent:1
21 #, no-wrap
22 msgid ""
23 "<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
24 " <author>\n"
25 " <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
26 " <contrib></contrib>\n"
27 " </author>\n"
28 "\">\n"
29 msgstr ""
30
31 #. type: Plain text
32 #: apt.ent:1
33 #, no-wrap
34 msgid ""
35 "<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
36 "\t<para>\n"
37 "\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
38 "\t</para>\n"
39 "\">\n"
40 msgstr ""
41
42 #. type: Plain text
43 #: apt.ent:1
44 #, no-wrap
45 msgid ""
46 "<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
47 "<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
48 " <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
49 " <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
50 " If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
51 " <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
52 " &reportbug; command.\n"
53 " </para>\n"
54 " </refsect1>\n"
55 "\">\n"
56 msgstr ""
57
58 #. type: Plain text
59 #: apt.ent:1
60 #, no-wrap
61 msgid ""
62 "<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
63 "<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
64 " <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
65 " <para>APT was written by the APT team "
66 "<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
67 " </para>\n"
68 " </refsect1>\n"
69 "\">\n"
70 msgstr ""
71
72 #. type: Plain text
73 #: apt.ent:1
74 #, no-wrap
75 msgid ""
76 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
77 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
78 "<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
79 " <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
80 " <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
81 " <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
82 " </para>\n"
83 " </listitem>\n"
84 " </varlistentry>\n"
85 msgstr ""
86
87 #. type: Plain text
88 #: apt.ent:1
89 #, no-wrap
90 msgid ""
91 " <varlistentry>\n"
92 " <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
93 " <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
94 " <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
95 " </para>\n"
96 " </listitem>\n"
97 " </varlistentry>\n"
98 msgstr ""
99
100 #. type: Plain text
101 #: apt.ent:1
102 #, no-wrap
103 msgid ""
104 " <varlistentry>\n"
105 " <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
106 " <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
107 " <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
108 "use. \n"
109 " The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
110 " configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
111 "the\n"
112 " default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
113 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
114 " environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
115 " </para>\n"
116 " </listitem>\n"
117 " </varlistentry>\n"
118 msgstr ""
119
120 #. type: Plain text
121 #: apt.ent:1
122 #, no-wrap
123 msgid ""
124 " <varlistentry>\n"
125 " <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
126 " <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
127 " <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
128 "arbitrary\n"
129 " configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
130 "Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
131 " <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
132 "multiple\n"
133 " times to set different options.\n"
134 " </para>\n"
135 " </listitem>\n"
136 " </varlistentry>\n"
137 "\">\n"
138 msgstr ""
139
140 #. type: Plain text
141 #: apt.ent:1
142 #, no-wrap
143 msgid ""
144 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
145 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
146 "<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
147 " <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
148 "the\n"
149 " descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
150 " options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
151 " <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
152 " or several other variations.\n"
153 " </para>\n"
154 "\">\n"
155 msgstr ""
156
157 #. type: Plain text
158 #: apt.ent:1
159 #, no-wrap
160 msgid ""
161 "<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
162 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
163 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
164 " Configuration Item: "
165 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
166 " </varlistentry>\n"
167 msgstr ""
168
169 #. type: Plain text
170 #: apt.ent:1
171 #, no-wrap
172 msgid ""
173 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
174 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
175 " Configuration Item: "
176 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
177 " </varlistentry>\n"
178 "\">\n"
179 msgstr ""
180
181 #. type: Plain text
182 #: apt.ent:1
183 #, no-wrap
184 msgid ""
185 "<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
186 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
187 " <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
188 " Configuration Item: "
189 "<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
190 " </varlistentry>\n"
191 msgstr ""
192
193 #. type: Plain text
194 #: apt.ent:1
195 #, no-wrap
196 msgid ""
197 " "
198 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
199 " <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
200 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
201 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
202 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
203 " </varlistentry>\n"
204 "\">\n"
205 msgstr ""
206
207 #. type: Plain text
208 #: apt.ent:1
209 #, no-wrap
210 msgid ""
211 "<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
212 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
213 " <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
214 " This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
215 " i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
216 " from a separate source\n"
217 " or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
218 " Configuration Item: "
219 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
220 " </varlistentry>\n"
221 msgstr ""
222
223 #. type: Plain text
224 #: apt.ent:1
225 #, no-wrap
226 msgid ""
227 " "
228 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
229 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
230 " Configuration Item: "
231 "<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
232 " </varlistentry>\n"
233 "\">\n"
234 msgstr ""
235
236 #. type: Plain text
237 #: apt.ent:1
238 #, no-wrap
239 msgid ""
240 "<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
241 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
242 " <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
243 " Configuration Item: "
244 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
245 " </varlistentry>\n"
246 msgstr ""
247
248 #. type: Plain text
249 #: apt.ent:1
250 #, no-wrap
251 msgid ""
252 " "
253 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
254 " <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
255 " Configuration Item: "
256 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
257 " </varlistentry>\n"
258 "\">\n"
259 msgstr ""
260
261 #. type: Plain text
262 #: apt.ent:1
263 #, no-wrap
264 msgid ""
265 "<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
266 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
267 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
268 "resource specified in\n"
269 " &sources-list;\n"
270 " Configuration Item: "
271 "<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
272 " </varlistentry>\n"
273 msgstr ""
274
275 #. type: Plain text
276 #: apt.ent:1
277 #, no-wrap
278 msgid ""
279 " "
280 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
281 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
282 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
283 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
284 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
285 " </varlistentry>\n"
286 "\">\n"
287 msgstr ""
288
289 #. type: Plain text
290 #: apt.ent:1
291 #, no-wrap
292 msgid ""
293 "<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
294 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
295 " <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
296 "here.\n"
297 " Configuration Item: "
298 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
299 " </varlistentry>\n"
300 msgstr ""
301
302 #. type: Plain text
303 #: apt.ent:1
304 #, no-wrap
305 msgid ""
306 " "
307 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
308 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
309 "keyrings can\n"
310 " be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
311 " Configuration Item "
312 "<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
313 " </varlistentry>\n"
314 "\">\n"
315 msgstr ""
316
317 #. type: Plain text
318 #: apt.ent:1
319 #, no-wrap
320 msgid ""
321 "<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
322 " "
323 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
324 " <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
325 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
326 " </para></listitem>\n"
327 " </varlistentry>\n"
328 "\">\n"
329 msgstr ""
330
331 #. type: Plain text
332 #: apt.ent:1
333 #, no-wrap
334 msgid ""
335 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
336 "comparable\n"
337 " to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
338 "uppercase. -->\n"
339 "<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
340 msgstr ""
341
342 #. type: Plain text
343 #: apt.ent:1
344 #, no-wrap
345 msgid ""
346 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
347 "contributed\n"
348 " to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
349 "further information\n"
350 " specially related to your translation. -->\n"
351 "<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
352 " The english translation was done by John Doe "
353 "<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
354 " 2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
355 "with the\n"
356 " Debian Dummy l10n Team "
357 "<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
358 "\">\n"
359 msgstr ""
360
361 #. type: Plain text
362 #: apt.ent:1
363 #, no-wrap
364 msgid ""
365 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
366 "untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
367 " in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
368 "english in\n"
369 " the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
370 "reader that this\n"
371 " is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
372 "least for stable\n"
373 " releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
374 "<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
375 " Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
376 " This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
377 " translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
378 "\">\n"
379 msgstr ""
380
381 #. type: Plain text
382 #: apt.ent:1
383 msgid ""
384 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
385 "e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
386 "\"config_string\">"
387 msgstr ""
388
389 #. type: Plain text
390 #: apt.ent:1
391 msgid ""
392 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
393 "synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
394 msgstr ""
395
396 #. type: Plain text
397 #: apt.ent:1
398 msgid ""
399 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
400 "e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
401 "\"target_release\">"
402 msgstr ""
403
404 #. type: Plain text
405 #: apt.ent:1
406 msgid ""
407 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
408 "synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
409 msgstr ""
410
411 #. type: Plain text
412 #: apt.ent:1
413 msgid ""
414 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
415 "--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
416 msgstr ""
417
418 #. type: Plain text
419 #: apt.ent:1
420 msgid ""
421 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
422 "<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
423 msgstr ""
424
425 #. type: Plain text
426 #: apt.ent:1
427 msgid ""
428 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
429 "pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
430 msgstr ""
431
432 #. type: Plain text
433 #: apt.ent:1
434 msgid ""
435 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
436 "awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
437 msgstr ""
438
439 #. type: Plain text
440 #: apt.ent:1
441 msgid ""
442 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
443 "-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
444 msgstr ""
445
446 #. type: Plain text
447 #: apt.ent:1
448 msgid ""
449 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
450 "e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
451 "\"temporary_directory\">"
452 msgstr ""
453
454 #. type: Plain text
455 #: apt.ent:1
456 msgid ""
457 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
458 "synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
459 msgstr ""
460
461 #. type: Plain text
462 #: apt.ent:1
463 msgid ""
464 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
465 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
466 msgstr ""
467
468 #. type: Plain text
469 #: apt.ent:1
470 msgid ""
471 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
472 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
473 "\"override-file\">"
474 msgstr ""
475
476 #. type: Plain text
477 #: apt.ent:1
478 msgid ""
479 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
480 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
481 "\"pathprefix\">"
482 msgstr ""
483
484 #. type: Plain text
485 #: apt.ent:1
486 msgid ""
487 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
488 "generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
489 msgstr ""
490
491 #. type: Plain text
492 #: apt.ent:1
493 msgid ""
494 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
495 "473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
496 msgstr ""
497
498 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
499 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
500 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
501 msgid "8"
502 msgstr ""
503
504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
505 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
506 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
507 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
508 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
509 msgid "APT"
510 msgstr ""
511
512 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
513 #: apt.8.xml:1
514 msgid "command-line interface"
515 msgstr ""
516
517 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
518 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
519 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
520 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
521 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
522 msgid "Description"
523 msgstr ""
524
525 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
526 #: apt.8.xml:1
527 msgid ""
528 "<command>apt</command> provides a high-level commandline interface for the "
529 "package management system. It is intended as an end user interface and "
530 "enables some options better suited for interactive usage by default compared "
531 "to more specialized APT tools like &apt-get; and &apt-cache;."
532 msgstr ""
533
534 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
535 #: apt.8.xml:1
536 msgid ""
537 "Much like <command>apt</command> itself, its manpage is intended as an end "
538 "user interface and as such only mentions the most used commands and options "
539 "partly to not duplicate information in multiple places and partly to avoid "
540 "overwhelming readers with a cornucopia of options and details."
541 msgstr ""
542
543 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
544 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
545 msgid "(&apt-get;)"
546 msgstr ""
547
548 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
549 #: apt.8.xml:1
550 msgid ""
551 "<option>update</option> is used to download package information from all "
552 "configured sources. Other commands operate on this data to e.g. perform "
553 "package upgrades or search in and display details about all packages "
554 "available for installation."
555 msgstr ""
556
557 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
558 #: apt.8.xml:1
559 msgid ""
560 "<option>upgrade</option> is used to install available upgrades of all "
561 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources configured via "
562 "&sources-list;. New packages will be installed if required to satisfy "
563 "dependencies, but existing packages will never be removed. If an upgrade for "
564 "a package requires the remove of an installed package the upgrade for this "
565 "package isn't performed."
566 msgstr ""
567
568 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
569 #: apt.8.xml:1
570 msgid ""
571 "<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but will "
572 "remove currently installed packages if this is needed to upgrade the system "
573 "as a whole."
574 msgstr ""
575
576 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
577 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
578 msgid ","
579 msgstr ""
580
581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
582 #: apt.8.xml:1
583 msgid ""
584 "Performs the requested action on one or more packages specified via &regex;, "
585 "&glob; or exact match. The requested action can be overridden for specific "
586 "packages by append a plus (+) to the package name to install this package or "
587 "a minus (-) to remove it."
588 msgstr ""
589
590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
591 #: apt.8.xml:1
592 msgid ""
593 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
594 "following the package name with an equals (=) and the version of the package "
595 "to select. Alternatively the version from a specific release can be selected "
596 "by following the package name with a forward slash (/) and codename "
597 "(&debian-stable-codename;, &debian-testing-codename;, sid …) or suite name "
598 "(stable, testing, unstable). This will also select versions from this "
599 "release for dependencies of this package if needed to satisfy the request."
600 msgstr ""
601
602 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
603 #: apt.8.xml:1
604 msgid ""
605 "Removing a package removes all packaged data, but leaves usually small "
606 "(modified) user configuration files behind, in case the remove was an "
607 "accident. Just issuing an installation request for the accidentally removed "
608 "package will restore its function as before in that case. On the other hand "
609 "you can get rid of these leftovers by calling <command>purge</command> even "
610 "on already removed packages. Note that this does not affect any data or "
611 "configuration stored in your home directory."
612 msgstr ""
613
614 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
615 #: apt.8.xml:1
616 msgid ""
617 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
618 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
619 "now no longer needed as dependencies changed or the package(s) needing them "
620 "were removed in the meantime."
621 msgstr ""
622
623 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
624 #: apt.8.xml:1
625 msgid ""
626 "You should check that the list does not include applications you have grown "
627 "to like even though they were once installed just as a dependency of another "
628 "package. You can mark such a package as manually installed by using "
629 "&apt-mark;. Packages which you have installed explicitly via "
630 "<command>install</command> are also never proposed for automatic removal."
631 msgstr ""
632
633 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
634 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
635 msgid "(&apt-cache;)"
636 msgstr ""
637
638 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
639 #: apt.8.xml:1
640 msgid ""
641 "<option>search</option> can be used to search for the given &regex; term(s) "
642 "in the list of available packages and display matches. This can e.g. be "
643 "useful if you are looking for packages having a specific feature. If you "
644 "are looking for a package including a specific file try &apt-file;."
645 msgstr ""
646
647 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
648 #: apt.8.xml:1
649 msgid ""
650 "Show information about the given package(s) including its dependencies, "
651 "installation and download size, sources the package is available from, the "
652 "description of the packages content and much more. It can e.g. be helpful to "
653 "look at this information before allowing &apt; to remove a package or while "
654 "searching for new packages to install."
655 msgstr ""
656
657 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
658 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt.8.xml:1
659 msgid "(work-in-progress)"
660 msgstr ""
661
662 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
663 #: apt.8.xml:1
664 msgid ""
665 "<option>list</option> is somewhat similar to <command>dpkg-query "
666 "--list</command> in that it can display a list of packages satisfying "
667 "certain criteria. It supports &glob; patterns for matching package names as "
668 "well as options to list installed (<option>--installed</option>), "
669 "upgradeable (<option>--upgradeable</option>) or all available "
670 "(<option>--all-versions</option>) versions."
671 msgstr ""
672
673 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
674 #: apt.8.xml:1
675 msgid ""
676 "<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your &sources-list; files in "
677 "your preferred texteditor while also providing basic sanity checks."
678 msgstr ""
679
680 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
681 #: apt.8.xml:1
682 msgid "Script Usage and Differences from Other APT Tools"
683 msgstr ""
684
685 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
686 #: apt.8.xml:1
687 msgid ""
688 "The &apt; commandline is designed as an end-user tool and it may change "
689 "behavior between versions. While it tries not to break backward "
690 "compatibility this is not guaranteed either if a change seems beneficial for "
691 "interactive use."
692 msgstr ""
693
694 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
695 #: apt.8.xml:1
696 msgid ""
697 "All features of &apt; are available in dedicated APT tools like &apt-get; "
698 "and &apt-cache; as well. &apt; just changes the default value of some "
699 "options (see &apt-conf; and specifically the Binary scope). So you should "
700 "prefer using these commands (potentially with some additional options "
701 "enabled) in your scripts as they keep backward compatibility as much as "
702 "possible."
703 msgstr ""
704
705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
706 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1
707 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-secure.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
708 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
709 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
710 msgid "See Also"
711 msgstr ""
712
713 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
714 #: apt.8.xml:1
715 msgid ""
716 "&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
717 "User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
718 msgstr ""
719
720 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
721 #: apt.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
722 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
723 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
724 msgid "Diagnostics"
725 msgstr ""
726
727 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
728 #: apt.8.xml:1
729 msgid ""
730 "<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
731 "error."
732 msgstr ""
733
734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
735 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
736 msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
737 msgstr ""
738
739 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
740 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
741 msgid ""
742 "<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
743 "and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
744 "library. Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
745 "&synaptic; and &wajig;."
746 msgstr ""
747
748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
749 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
750 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
751 msgid ""
752 "Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
753 "one of the commands below must be present."
754 msgstr ""
755
756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
757 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
758 msgid ""
759 "<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
760 "from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
761 "location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. For "
762 "example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
763 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
764 "updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
765 "performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
766 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
767 "meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
768 "advance."
769 msgstr ""
770
771 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
772 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
773 msgid ""
774 "<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
775 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
776 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
777 "with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
778 "circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
779 "already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
780 "installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
781 "status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
782 "<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
783 "<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
784 "available."
785 msgstr ""
786
787 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
788 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
789 msgid ""
790 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
791 "<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
792 "with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
793 "conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
794 "important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary. The "
795 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages. "
796 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
797 "locations from which to retrieve desired package files. See also "
798 "&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
799 "individual packages."
800 msgstr ""
801
802 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
803 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
804 msgid ""
805 "<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
806 "traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
807 "&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
808 "&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
809 "performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
810 "removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
811 msgstr ""
812
813 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
814 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
815 msgid ""
816 "<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
817 "installation or upgrading. Each package is a package name, not a fully "
818 "qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
819 "<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
820 "<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
821 "packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
822 "retrieved and installed. The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
823 "file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
824 "package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
825 "removed if it is installed. Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
826 "a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
827 "decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
828 msgstr ""
829
830 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
831 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
832 msgid ""
833 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
834 "following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
835 "select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
836 "install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
837 "the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
838 "Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
839 msgstr ""
840
841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
842 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
843 msgid ""
844 "Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
845 "used with care."
846 msgstr ""
847
848 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
849 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
850 msgid ""
851 "This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
852 "already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
853 "system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
854 "all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
855 "version of only the package(s) specified. Simply provide the name of the "
856 "package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
857 "its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
858 msgstr ""
859
860 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
861 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
862 msgid ""
863 "Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
864 "installation policy for individual packages."
865 msgstr ""
866
867 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
868 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
869 msgid ""
870 "If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
871 "of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
872 "it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
873 "installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
874 "matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
875 "expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
876 "expression."
877 msgstr ""
878
879 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
880 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
881 msgid ""
882 "<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
883 "that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
884 "leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
885 "the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
886 "installed instead of removed."
887 msgstr ""
888
889 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
890 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
891 msgid ""
892 "<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
893 "that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
894 "too)."
895 msgstr ""
896
897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
898 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
899 msgid ""
900 "<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
901 "packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
902 "package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
903 "the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
904 "default release, set with the option "
905 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
906 "per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
907 msgstr ""
908
909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
910 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
911 msgid ""
912 "Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
913 "<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
914 "you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
915 "from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
916 "source versions or none at all."
917 msgstr ""
918
919 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
920 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
921 msgid ""
922 "If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
923 "be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
924 "the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
925 "option. If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
926 "package will not be unpacked."
927 msgstr ""
928
929 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
930 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
931 msgid ""
932 "A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
933 "with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
934 "for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
935 "name and version, implicitly enabling the "
936 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
937 msgstr ""
938
939 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
940 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
941 msgid ""
942 "Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
943 "<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
944 "downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
945 msgstr ""
946
947 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
948 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
949 msgid ""
950 "<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
951 "attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
952 "the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
953 "host-architecture can be specified with the "
954 "<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
955 msgstr ""
956
957 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
958 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
959 msgid ""
960 "<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
961 "and checks for broken dependencies."
962 msgstr ""
963
964 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
965 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
966 msgid ""
967 "<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
968 "current directory."
969 msgstr ""
970
971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
972 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
973 msgid ""
974 "<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
975 "package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
976 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
977 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
978 msgstr ""
979
980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
981 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
982 msgid "(and the"
983 msgstr ""
984
985 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
986 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-get.8.xml:1
987 msgid "alias since 1.1)"
988 msgstr ""
989
990 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
991 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
992 msgid ""
993 "Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
994 "local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
995 "removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
996 "useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
997 "growing out of control. The configuration option "
998 "<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
999 "being erased if it is set to off."
1000 msgstr ""
1001
1002 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1003 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1004 msgid ""
1005 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
1006 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
1007 "now no longer needed."
1008 msgstr ""
1009
1010 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1011 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1012 msgid ""
1013 "<literal>changelog</literal> tries to download the changelog of a package "
1014 "and displays it through <command>sensible-pager</command>. By default it "
1015 "displays the changelog for the version that is installed. However, you can "
1016 "specify the same options as for the <option>install</option> command."
1017 msgstr ""
1018
1019 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1020 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1021 msgid ""
1022 "Displays by default a deb822 formatted listing of information about all data "
1023 "files (aka index targets) <command>apt-get update</command> would "
1024 "download. Supports a <option>--format</option> option to modify the output "
1025 "format as well as accepts lines of the default output to filter the records "
1026 "by. The command is mainly used as an interface for external tools working "
1027 "with APT to get information as well as filenames for downloaded files so "
1028 "they can use them as well instead of downloading them again on their "
1029 "own. Detailed documentation is omitted here and can instead be found in the "
1030 "file &apt-acquire-additional-files; shipped by the "
1031 "<package>apt-doc</package> package."
1032 msgstr ""
1033
1034 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1035 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-config.8.xml:1
1036 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
1037 msgid "options"
1038 msgstr ""
1039
1040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1041 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1042 msgid ""
1043 "Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing. "
1044 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
1045 msgstr ""
1046
1047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1048 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1049 msgid ""
1050 "Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing. Configuration "
1051 "Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
1052 msgstr ""
1053
1054 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1055 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1056 msgid ""
1057 "Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed. "
1058 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
1059 msgstr ""
1060
1061 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1062 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1063 msgid ""
1064 "Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
1065 "option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
1066 "to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
1067 "completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
1068 "running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
1069 "dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
1070 "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
1071 "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
1072 "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
1073 "may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: "
1074 "<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
1075 msgstr ""
1076
1077 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1078 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1079 msgid ""
1080 "Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
1081 "integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
1082 "packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
1083 "<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
1084 "selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
1085 "line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back. "
1086 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
1087 msgstr ""
1088
1089 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1090 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1091 msgid ""
1092 "Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
1093 "<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
1094 "already downloaded. Configuration Item: "
1095 "<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
1096 msgstr ""
1097
1098 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1099 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1100 msgid ""
1101 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1102 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1103 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
1104 "file. Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
1105 "use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
1106 "may decide to do something you did not expect. Configuration Item: "
1107 "<literal>quiet</literal>."
1108 msgstr ""
1109
1110 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1111 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1112 msgid ""
1113 "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur based on the "
1114 "current system state but do not actually change the system. Locking will be "
1115 "disabled (<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>) so the system state could "
1116 "change while <command>apt-get</command> is running. Simulations can also be "
1117 "executed by non-root users which might not have read access to all apt "
1118 "configuration distorting the simulation. A notice expressing this warning "
1119 "is also shown by default for non-root users "
1120 "(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>). Configuration Item: "
1121 "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
1122 msgstr ""
1123
1124 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1125 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1126 msgid ""
1127 "Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
1128 "<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
1129 "remove (<literal>Remv</literal>) or unpack "
1130 "(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
1131 "empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
1132 msgstr ""
1133
1134 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1135 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1136 msgid ""
1137 "Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
1138 "non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
1139 "package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
1140 "essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort. "
1141 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
1142 msgstr ""
1143
1144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1145 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1146 msgid ""
1147 "Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: "
1148 "<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
1149 msgstr ""
1150
1151 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1152 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1153 msgid ""
1154 "Do not show a list of all packages that are to be upgraded. Configuration "
1155 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
1156 msgstr ""
1157
1158 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1159 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1160 msgid ""
1161 "Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages. Configuration Item: "
1162 "<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
1163 msgstr ""
1164
1165 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1166 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1167 msgid ""
1168 "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
1169 "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
1170 "are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
1171 "architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
1172 "<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: "
1173 "<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
1174 msgstr ""
1175
1176 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1177 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1178 msgid ""
1179 "This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
1180 "is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
1181 "dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active. More "
1182 "than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
1183 "a comma. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
1184 msgstr ""
1185
1186 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1187 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1188 msgid ""
1189 "Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: "
1190 "<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
1191 msgstr ""
1192
1193 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1194 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1195 msgid ""
1196 "Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
1197 "hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
1198 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
1199 "holds. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
1200 msgstr ""
1201
1202 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1203 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1204 msgid ""
1205 "Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
1206 "<literal>upgrade</literal>. This is useful if the update of a installed "
1207 "package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
1208 "package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
1209 "the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
1210 "will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones. Configuration Item: "
1211 "<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
1212 msgstr ""
1213
1214 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1215 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1216 msgid ""
1217 "Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
1218 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
1219 "packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
1220 "installed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
1221 msgstr ""
1222
1223 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1224 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1225 msgid ""
1226 "Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
1227 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
1228 "upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
1229 "new packages. Configuration Item: "
1230 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
1231 msgstr ""
1232
1233 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1234 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1235 msgid ""
1236 "This is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue without prompting "
1237 "if it is doing downgrades. It should not be used except in very special "
1238 "situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! Configuration "
1239 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1240 msgstr ""
1241
1242 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1243 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1244 msgid ""
1245 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1246 "without prompting if it is removing essentials. It should not be used except "
1247 "in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your system! "
1248 "Configuration Item: "
1249 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-remove-essential</literal>. Introduced in APT 1.1."
1250 msgstr ""
1251
1252 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1253 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1254 msgid ""
1255 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1256 "without prompting if it is changing held packages. It should not be used "
1257 "except in very special situations. Using it can potentially destroy your "
1258 "system! Configuration Item: "
1259 "<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>. Introduced in APT "
1260 "1.1."
1261 msgstr ""
1262
1263 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1264 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1265 msgid ""
1266 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1267 "without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
1268 "not be used except in very special situations. Using "
1269 "<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
1270 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>. This is "
1271 "deprecated and replaced by <option>--allow-downgrades</option>, "
1272 "<option>--allow-remove-essential</option>, "
1273 "<option>--allow-change-held-packages</option> in 1.1."
1274 msgstr ""
1275
1276 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1277 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1278 msgid ""
1279 "Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
1280 "will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
1281 "hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
1282 "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
1283 "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
1284 "<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
1285 "is up to the user to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: "
1286 "<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
1287 msgstr ""
1288
1289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1290 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1291 msgid ""
1292 "Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed. An asterisk "
1293 "(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
1294 "purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
1295 "<option>purge</option> command. Configuration Item: "
1296 "<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
1297 msgstr ""
1298
1299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1300 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1301 msgid ""
1302 "Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version. "
1303 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
1304 msgstr ""
1305
1306 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1307 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1308 msgid ""
1309 "This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
1310 "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
1311 "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
1312 "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you "
1313 "frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: "
1314 "<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
1315 msgstr ""
1316
1317 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1318 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1319 msgid ""
1320 "This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
1321 "default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string. This "
1322 "overrides the general settings in "
1323 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>. Specifically pinned packages are "
1324 "not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
1325 "have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
1326 "from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
1327 "unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>. Configuration Item: "
1328 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
1329 "manual page."
1330 msgstr ""
1331
1332 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1333 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1334 msgid ""
1335 "Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
1336 "related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
1337 "<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
1338 "<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no. Configuration Item: "
1339 "<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
1340 msgstr ""
1341
1342 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1343 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1344 msgid ""
1345 "If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
1346 "prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
1347 msgstr ""
1348
1349 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1350 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1351 msgid ""
1352 "If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
1353 "<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
1354 "<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
1355 "packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
1356 msgstr ""
1357
1358 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1359 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1360 msgid ""
1361 "Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
1362 "<literal>build-dep</literal> commands. Indicates that the given source "
1363 "names are not to be mapped through the binary table. This means that if "
1364 "this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
1365 "names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
1366 "up the corresponding source package. Configuration Item: "
1367 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
1368 msgstr ""
1369
1370 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1371 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1372 msgid ""
1373 "Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive. Configuration "
1374 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
1375 "<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
1376 "<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
1377 msgstr ""
1378
1379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1380 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1381 msgid ""
1382 "Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1383 "<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
1384 msgstr ""
1385
1386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1387 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1388 msgid ""
1389 "Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it. This "
1390 "can be useful while working with local repositories, but is a huge security "
1391 "risk if data authenticity isn't ensured in another way by the user itself. "
1392 "The usage of the <option>Trusted</option> option for &sources-list; entries "
1393 "should usually be preferred over this global override. Configuration Item: "
1394 "<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
1395 msgstr ""
1396
1397 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1398 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1399 msgid ""
1400 "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured "
1401 "sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without valid "
1402 "cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on the "
1403 "concept and the implications. Configuration Item: "
1404 "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>."
1405 msgstr ""
1406
1407 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1408 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1409 msgid ""
1410 "Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
1411 "are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
1412 "data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory. Configuration "
1413 "Items: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
1414 "<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
1415 msgstr ""
1416
1417 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1418 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1419 msgid ""
1420 "Adds the given file as a source for metadata. Can be repeated to add "
1421 "multiple files. See <option>--with-source</option> description in "
1422 "&apt-cache; for further details."
1423 msgstr ""
1424
1425 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1426 #: apt-get.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1
1427 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
1428 msgid "Files"
1429 msgstr ""
1430
1431 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1432 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1433 msgid ""
1434 "&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
1435 "&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
1436 "APT Howto."
1437 msgstr ""
1438
1439 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1440 #: apt-get.8.xml:1
1441 msgid ""
1442 "<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
1443 "error."
1444 msgstr ""
1445
1446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1447 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1448 msgid "query the APT cache"
1449 msgstr ""
1450
1451 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1452 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1453 msgid ""
1454 "<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
1455 "package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
1456 "the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
1457 "output from the package metadata. The metadata is acquired and updated via "
1458 "the 'update' command of e.g. <command>apt-get</command>, so that it can be "
1459 "outdated if the last update is too long ago, but in exchange "
1460 "<command>apt-cache</command> works independently of the availability of the "
1461 "configured sources (e.g. offline)."
1462 msgstr ""
1463
1464 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1465 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1466 msgid ""
1467 "<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
1468 "implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
1469 msgstr ""
1470
1471 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1472 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1473 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1 apt-cache.8.xml:1
1474 msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
1475 msgstr ""
1476
1477 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1478 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1479 msgid ""
1480 "<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
1481 "the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
1482 "versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
1483 "as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal) dependencies are "
1484 "those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
1485 "dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
1486 "question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
1487 "reverse dependencies need not be. For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
1488 "libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
1489 msgstr ""
1490
1491 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
1492 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1493 #, no-wrap
1494 msgid ""
1495 "Package: libreadline2\n"
1496 "Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
1497 "Reverse Depends: \n"
1498 " libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
1499 " libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
1500 "Dependencies:\n"
1501 "2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
1502 "Provides:\n"
1503 "2.1-12 - \n"
1504 "Reverse Provides: \n"
1505 msgstr ""
1506
1507 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1508 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1509 msgid ""
1510 "Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
1511 "ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work. In turn, "
1512 "libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
1513 "libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
1514 "installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
1515 "installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
1516 "best to consult the apt source code."
1517 msgstr ""
1518
1519 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1520 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1521 msgid ""
1522 "<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache. No "
1523 "further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
1524 msgstr ""
1525
1526 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1527 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1528 msgid ""
1529 "<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
1530 "in the cache."
1531 msgstr ""
1532
1533 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1534 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1535 msgid ""
1536 "<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
1537 "package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
1538 "between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
1539 "dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
1540 msgstr ""
1541
1542 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1543 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1544 msgid ""
1545 "<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1546 "exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
1547 "virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
1548 "\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
1549 "several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
1550 "named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
1551 msgstr ""
1552
1553 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1554 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1555 msgid ""
1556 "<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
1557 "only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
1558 "Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
1559 "package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
1560 msgstr ""
1561
1562 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1563 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1564 msgid ""
1565 "<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1566 "either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
1567 "as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
1568 "an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
1569 msgstr ""
1570
1571 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1572 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1573 msgid ""
1574 "<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
1575 "referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
1576 "packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
1577 "package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
1578 "they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
1579 msgstr ""
1580
1581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1582 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1583 msgid ""
1584 "<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
1585 "found in the cache. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
1586 "instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
1587 "larger than the number of total package names."
1588 msgstr ""
1589
1590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1591 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1592 msgid ""
1593 "<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
1594 "relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
1595 msgstr ""
1596
1597 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1598 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1599 msgid ""
1600 "<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
1601 "match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
1602 "records that declare the name to be a binary package. Use "
1603 "<option>--only-source</option> to display only source package names."
1604 msgstr ""
1605
1606 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1607 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1608 msgid ""
1609 "<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
1610 "cache. It is primarily for debugging."
1611 msgstr ""
1612
1613 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1614 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1615 msgid ""
1616 "<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
1617 "suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
1618 msgstr ""
1619
1620 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1621 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1622 msgid ""
1623 "<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
1624 "package cache."
1625 msgstr ""
1626
1627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1628 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1629 msgid ""
1630 "<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
1631 "--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
1632 "packages."
1633 msgstr ""
1634
1635 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1636 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1637 msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
1638 msgstr ""
1639
1640 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1641 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1642 msgid ""
1643 "<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
1644 "package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;. It searches "
1645 "the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
1646 "expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
1647 "including virtual package names. If <option>--full</option> is given then "
1648 "output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
1649 "package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
1650 "description is not searched, only the package name and provided packages "
1651 "are."
1652 msgstr ""
1653
1654 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1655 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1656 msgid ""
1657 "Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
1658 "and'ed together."
1659 msgstr ""
1660
1661 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1662 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1663 msgid ""
1664 "<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
1665 "and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
1666 msgstr ""
1667
1668 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1669 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1670 msgid ""
1671 "<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
1672 "package has."
1673 msgstr ""
1674
1675 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1676 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1677 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
1678 msgstr ""
1679
1680 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1681 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1682 msgid ""
1683 "This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
1684 "argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
1685 "for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
1686 "extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
1687 "<option>--generate</option> option."
1688 msgstr ""
1689
1690 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1691 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1692 msgid ""
1693 "Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
1694 "download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
1695 "the generated list."
1696 msgstr ""
1697
1698 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1699 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1700 msgid ""
1701 "<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
1702 "generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
1703 "url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
1704 "package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
1705 "relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
1706 "out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph. To limit "
1707 "the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
1708 "<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
1709 msgstr ""
1710
1711 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1712 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1713 msgid ""
1714 "The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
1715 "pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
1716 "missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
1717 "packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
1718 msgstr ""
1719
1720 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1721 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1722 msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
1723 msgstr ""
1724
1725 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1726 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1727 msgid ""
1728 "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
1729 "url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
1730 "tool</ulink>."
1731 msgstr ""
1732
1733 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1734 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1735 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
1736 msgstr ""
1737
1738 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1739 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1740 msgid ""
1741 "<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
1742 "preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
1743 "source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
1744 "selection of the named package."
1745 msgstr ""
1746
1747 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1748 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1749 msgid ""
1750 "<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
1751 "to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
1752 "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available "
1753 "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original "
1754 "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
1755 "architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
1756 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
1757 msgstr ""
1758
1759 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1760 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1761 msgid ""
1762 "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
1763 "cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: "
1764 "<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
1765 msgstr ""
1766
1767 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1768 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1769 msgid ""
1770 "Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
1771 "<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
1772 "information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
1773 "cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files. Configuration "
1774 "Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
1775 msgstr ""
1776
1777 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1778 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1779 msgid ""
1780 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1781 "More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1782 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
1783 "configuration file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
1784 msgstr ""
1785
1786 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1787 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1788 msgid ""
1789 "Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
1790 "<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
1791 "be printed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
1792 msgstr ""
1793
1794 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1795 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1796 msgid ""
1797 "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> "
1798 "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
1799 "the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: "
1800 "<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
1801 "e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
1802 msgstr ""
1803
1804 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1805 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1806 msgid ""
1807 "Per default <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> print "
1808 "only dependencies explicitly expressed in the metadata. With this flag it "
1809 "will also show dependencies implicitly added based on the encountered data. "
1810 "A <literal>Conflicts: foo</literal> e.g. expresses implicitly that this "
1811 "package also conflicts with the package foo from any other architecture. "
1812 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>."
1813 msgstr ""
1814
1815 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1816 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1817 msgid ""
1818 "Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: "
1819 "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
1820 msgstr ""
1821
1822 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1823 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1824 msgid ""
1825 "Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
1826 "it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>. If "
1827 "<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
1828 "will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation). This "
1829 "option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command. "
1830 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
1831 msgstr ""
1832
1833 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1834 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1835 msgid ""
1836 "Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
1837 "it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
1838 "<option>--no-generate</option>. Configuration Item: "
1839 "<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
1840 msgstr ""
1841
1842 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1843 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1844 msgid ""
1845 "Only search on the package and provided package names, not the long "
1846 "descriptions. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
1847 msgstr ""
1848
1849 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1850 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1851 msgid ""
1852 "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
1853 "and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1854 "<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
1855 msgstr ""
1856
1857 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1858 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1859 msgid ""
1860 "Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
1861 "that all packages mentioned are printed once. Configuration Item: "
1862 "<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
1863 msgstr ""
1864
1865 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1866 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1867 msgid ""
1868 "Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
1869 "<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed. "
1870 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
1871 msgstr ""
1872
1873 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1874 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1875 msgid ""
1876 "Adds the given file as a source for metadata. Can be repeated to add "
1877 "multiple files. Supported are currently <literal>*.deb</literal>, "
1878 "<literal>*.dsc</literal>, <literal>*.changes</literal>, "
1879 "<literal>Sources</literal> and <literal>Packages</literal> files as well as "
1880 "source package directories. Files are matched based on their name only, not "
1881 "their content!"
1882 msgstr ""
1883
1884 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1885 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1886 msgid ""
1887 "<literal>Sources</literal> and <literal>Packages</literal> can be compressed "
1888 "in any format apt supports as long as they have the correct extension. If "
1889 "you need to store multiple of these files in one directory you can prefix a "
1890 "name of your choice with the last character being an underscore "
1891 "(\"<literal>_</literal>\"). Example: my.example_Packages.xz"
1892 msgstr ""
1893
1894 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1895 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1896 msgid ""
1897 "Note that these sources are treated as trusted (see &apt-secure;). "
1898 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Sources::With</literal>."
1899 msgstr ""
1900
1901 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1902 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1903 msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
1904 msgstr ""
1905
1906 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1907 #: apt-cache.8.xml:1
1908 msgid ""
1909 "<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
1910 "on error."
1911 msgstr ""
1912
1913 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1914 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1915 msgid "APT key management utility"
1916 msgstr ""
1917
1918 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1919 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1920 msgid ""
1921 "<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
1922 "authenticate packages. Packages which have been authenticated using these "
1923 "keys will be considered trusted."
1924 msgstr ""
1925
1926 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1927 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1928 msgid ""
1929 "Note that if usage of <command>apt-key</command> is desired the additional "
1930 "installation of the GNU Privacy Guard suite (packaged in "
1931 "<package>gnupg</package>) is required. For this reason alone the "
1932 "programmatic usage (especially in package maintainerscripts!) is strongly "
1933 "discouraged. Further more the output format of all commands is undefined "
1934 "and can and does change whenever the underlying commands "
1935 "change. <command>apt-key</command> will try to detect such usage and "
1936 "generates warnings on stderr in these cases."
1937 msgstr ""
1938
1939 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1940 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1941 msgid "Supported keyring files"
1942 msgstr ""
1943
1944 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1945 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1946 msgid ""
1947 "apt-key supports only the binary OpenPGP format (also known as \"GPG key "
1948 "public ring\") in files with the \"<literal>gpg</literal>\" extension, not "
1949 "the keybox database format introduced in newer &gpg; versions as default for "
1950 "keyring files. Binary keyring files intended to be used with any apt version "
1951 "should therefore always be created with <command>gpg --export</command>."
1952 msgstr ""
1953
1954 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1955 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1956 msgid ""
1957 "Alternatively, if all systems which should be using the created keyring have "
1958 "at least apt version >= 1.4 installed, you can use the ASCII armored format "
1959 "with the \"<literal>asc</literal>\" extension instead which can be created "
1960 "with <command>gpg --armor --export</command>."
1961 msgstr ""
1962
1963 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1964 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1965 msgid "Commands"
1966 msgstr ""
1967
1968 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1969 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1970 msgid ""
1971 "Add a new key to the list of trusted keys. The key is read from the "
1972 "filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
1973 "filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
1974 msgstr ""
1975
1976 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1977 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1978 msgid ""
1979 "It is critical that keys added manually via <command>apt-key</command> are "
1980 "verified to belong to the owner of the repositories they claim to be for "
1981 "otherwise the &apt-secure; infrastructure is completely undermined."
1982 msgstr ""
1983
1984 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1985 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1986 msgid ""
1987 "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: Instead of using this command a keyring should be "
1988 "placed directly in the <filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename> "
1989 "directory with a descriptive name and either \"<literal>gpg</literal>\" or "
1990 "\"<literal>asc</literal>\" as file extension."
1991 msgstr ""
1992
1993 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1994 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
1995 msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
1996 msgstr ""
1997
1998 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1999 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2000 msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
2001 msgstr ""
2002
2003 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2004 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2005 msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
2006 msgstr ""
2007
2008 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2009 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2010 msgid "List trusted keys with fingerprints."
2011 msgstr ""
2012
2013 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2014 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2015 msgid ""
2016 "Pass advanced options to gpg. With <command>adv --recv-key</command> you can "
2017 "e.g. download key from keyservers directly into the the trusted set of "
2018 "keys. Note that there are <emphasis>no</emphasis> checks performed, so it is "
2019 "easy to completely undermine the &apt-secure; infrastructure if used without "
2020 "care."
2021 msgstr ""
2022
2023 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
2024 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2025 msgid "(deprecated)"
2026 msgstr ""
2027
2028 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2029 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2030 msgid ""
2031 "Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
2032 "keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid. The archive keyring is "
2033 "shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
2034 "distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
2035 msgstr ""
2036
2037 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2038 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2039 msgid ""
2040 "Note that a distribution does not need to and in fact should not use this "
2041 "command any longer and instead ship keyring files in the "
2042 "<filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory directly as this "
2043 "avoids a dependency on <package>gnupg</package> and it is easier to manage "
2044 "keys by simply adding and removing files for maintainers and users alike."
2045 msgstr ""
2046
2047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2048 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2049 msgid ""
2050 "Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
2051 "above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
2052 "against a master key. This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
2053 "configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate. "
2054 "APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
2055 "<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
2056 msgstr ""
2057
2058 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2059 #: apt-key.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-mark.8.xml:1 apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2060 msgid "Options"
2061 msgstr ""
2062
2063 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2064 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2065 msgid ""
2066 "Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
2067 "previous section."
2068 msgstr ""
2069
2070 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2071 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2072 msgid ""
2073 "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
2074 "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
2075 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
2076 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
2077 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
2078 "e.g. new keys are added to this one."
2079 msgstr ""
2080
2081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2082 #: apt-key.8.xml:1
2083 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
2084 msgstr ""
2085
2086 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2087 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2088 msgid "show, set and unset various settings for a package"
2089 msgstr ""
2090
2091 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2092 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2093 msgid ""
2094 "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set "
2095 "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being "
2096 "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> "
2097 "selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected "
2098 "e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or "
2099 "<command>aptitude</command>."
2100 msgstr ""
2101
2102 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2103 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2104 msgid "Automatically and Manually Installed Packages"
2105 msgstr ""
2106
2107 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2108 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2109 msgid ""
2110 "When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
2111 "are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
2112 "being automatically installed, while the package you installed explicitly is "
2113 "marked as manually installed. Once an automatically installed package is no "
2114 "longer depended on by any manually installed package it is considered no "
2115 "longer needed and e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or "
2116 "<command>aptitude</command> will at least suggest removing them."
2117 msgstr ""
2118
2119 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2120 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2121 msgid ""
2122 "<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
2123 "installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
2124 "installed packages depend on this package."
2125 msgstr ""
2126
2127 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2128 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2129 msgid ""
2130 "<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
2131 "installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
2132 "if no other packages depend on it."
2133 msgstr ""
2134
2135 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2136 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2137 msgid ""
2138 "<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
2139 "installed packages with each package on a new line. All automatically "
2140 "installed packages will be listed if no package is given. If packages are "
2141 "given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
2142 msgstr ""
2143
2144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2145 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2146 msgid ""
2147 "<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
2148 "<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
2149 "installed packages instead."
2150 msgstr ""
2151
2152 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2153 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2154 msgid ""
2155 "Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
2156 "&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
2157 "<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
2158 "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
2159 msgstr ""
2160
2161 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2162 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2163 msgid "Prevent Changes for a Package"
2164 msgstr ""
2165
2166 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2167 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2168 msgid ""
2169 "<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
2170 "prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or removed."
2171 msgstr ""
2172
2173 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2174 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2175 msgid ""
2176 "<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
2177 "package to allow all actions again."
2178 msgstr ""
2179
2180 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2181 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2182 msgid ""
2183 "<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
2184 "the same way as for the other show commands."
2185 msgstr ""
2186
2187 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2188 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2189 msgid "Schedule Packages for Install, Remove and Purge"
2190 msgstr ""
2191
2192 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2193 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2194 msgid ""
2195 "Some front-ends like <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> can be used "
2196 "to apply previously scheduled changes to the install state of packages. Such "
2197 "changes can be scheduled with the <option>install</option>, "
2198 "<option>remove</option> (also known as <option>deinstall</option>) and "
2199 "<option>purge</option> commands. Packages with a specific selection can be "
2200 "displayed with <option>showinstall</option>, <option>showremove</option> and "
2201 "<option>showpurge</option> respectively. More information about these so "
2202 "called dpkg selections can be found in &dpkg;."
2203 msgstr ""
2204
2205 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2206 #: apt-mark.8.xml:1
2207 msgid ""
2208 "<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
2209 "error."
2210 msgstr ""
2211
2212 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2213 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2214 msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
2215 msgstr ""
2216
2217 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2218 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2219 msgid ""
2220 "Starting with version 0.6, <command>APT</command> contains code that does "
2221 "signature checking of the Release file for all repositories. This ensures "
2222 "that data like packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have "
2223 "no access to the Release file signing key. Starting with version 1.1 "
2224 "<command>APT</command> requires repositories to provide recent "
2225 "authentication information for unimpeded usage of the repository."
2226 msgstr ""
2227
2228 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2229 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2230 msgid ""
2231 "If an archive has an unsigned Release file or no Release file at all current "
2232 "APT versions will refuse to download data from them by default in "
2233 "<command>update</command> operations and even if forced to download "
2234 "front-ends like &apt-get; will require explicit confirmation if an "
2235 "installation request includes a package from such an unauthenticated "
2236 "archive."
2237 msgstr ""
2238
2239 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2240 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2241 msgid ""
2242 "As a temporary exception &apt-get; (not &apt;!) raises warnings only if it "
2243 "encounters unauthenticated archives to give a slightly longer grace period "
2244 "on this backward compatibility effecting change. This exception will be "
2245 "removed in future releases and you can opt-out of this grace period by "
2246 "setting the configuration option "
2247 "<option>Binary::apt-get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2248 "<literal>false</literal> or "
2249 "<option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the command line."
2250 msgstr ""
2251
2252 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2253 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2254 msgid ""
2255 "You can force all APT clients to raise only warnings by setting the "
2256 "configuration option <option>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2257 "<literal>true</literal>. Individual repositories can also be allowed to be "
2258 "insecure via the &sources-list; option "
2259 "<literal>allow-insecure=yes</literal>. Note that insecure repositories are "
2260 "strongly discouraged and all options to force apt to continue supporting "
2261 "them will eventually be removed. Users also have the "
2262 "<option>Trusted</option> option available to disable even the warnings, but "
2263 "be sure to understand the implications as detailed in &sources-list;."
2264 msgstr ""
2265
2266 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2267 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2268 msgid ""
2269 "A repository which previously was authenticated but would loose this state "
2270 "in an <command>update</command> operation raises an error in all APT clients "
2271 "irrespective of the option to allow or forbid usage of insecure "
2272 "repositories. The error can be overcome by additionally setting "
2273 "<option>Acquire::AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> to "
2274 "<literal>true</literal> or for Individual repositories with the "
2275 "&sources-list; option <literal>allow-downgrade-to-insecure=yes</literal>."
2276 msgstr ""
2277
2278 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2279 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2280 msgid ""
2281 "Note: All APT-based package management front-ends like &apt-get;, &aptitude; "
2282 "and &synaptic; support this authentication feature, so this manpage uses "
2283 "<literal>APT</literal> to refer to them all for simplicity only."
2284 msgstr ""
2285
2286 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2287 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2288 msgid "Trusted Repositories"
2289 msgstr ""
2290
2291 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2292 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2293 msgid ""
2294 "The chain of trust from an APT archive to the end user is made up of several "
2295 "steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
2296 "trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
2297 "malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
2298 "archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
2299 "is preserved."
2300 msgstr ""
2301
2302 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2303 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2304 msgid ""
2305 "apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
2306 "tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
2307 "<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
2308 "packages respectively)."
2309 msgstr ""
2310
2311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2312 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2313 msgid ""
2314 "The chain of trust in Debian starts (e.g.) when a maintainer uploads a new "
2315 "package or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to "
2316 "become effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in one "
2317 "of the Debian package maintainer keyrings (available in the debian-keyring "
2318 "package). Maintainers' keys are signed by other maintainers following "
2319 "pre-established procedures to ensure the identity of the key holder. Similar "
2320 "procedures exist in all Debian-based distributions."
2321 msgstr ""
2322
2323 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2324 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2325 msgid ""
2326 "Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
2327 "maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
2328 "computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
2329 "files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
2330 "then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
2331 "distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
2332 "&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
2333 "keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
2334 msgstr ""
2335
2336 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2337 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2338 msgid ""
2339 "End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
2340 "a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
2341 "downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
2342 msgstr ""
2343
2344 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2345 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2346 msgid ""
2347 "Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
2348 "basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
2349 msgstr ""
2350
2351 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2352 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2353 msgid ""
2354 "<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
2355 "checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
2356 "download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
2357 "network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
2358 "server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
2359 msgstr ""
2360
2361 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2362 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2363 msgid ""
2364 "<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>. Without signature checking, a "
2365 "malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
2366 "propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
2367 "host."
2368 msgstr ""
2369
2370 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2371 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2372 msgid ""
2373 "However, it does not defend against a compromise of the master server itself "
2374 "(which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to sign "
2375 "the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a per-package "
2376 "signature."
2377 msgstr ""
2378
2379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2380 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2381 msgid "User Configuration"
2382 msgstr ""
2383
2384 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2385 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2386 msgid ""
2387 "<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
2388 "by APT to trust repositories. It can be used to add or remove keys as well "
2389 "as list the trusted keys. Limiting which key(s) are able to sign which "
2390 "archive is possible via the <option>Signed-By</option> in &sources-list;."
2391 msgstr ""
2392
2393 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2394 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2395 msgid ""
2396 "Note that a default installation already contains all keys to securely "
2397 "acquire packages from the default repositories, so fiddling with "
2398 "<command>apt-key</command> is only needed if third-party repositories are "
2399 "added."
2400 msgstr ""
2401
2402 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2403 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2404 msgid ""
2405 "In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
2406 "sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
2407 "it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
2408 "update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
2409 "<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
2410 "from the archives you have configured."
2411 msgstr ""
2412
2413 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2414 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2415 msgid "Archive Configuration"
2416 msgstr ""
2417
2418 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2419 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2420 msgid ""
2421 "If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
2422 "maintenance you have to:"
2423 msgstr ""
2424
2425 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2426 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2427 msgid ""
2428 "<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
2429 "already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
2430 "release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
2431 msgstr ""
2432
2433 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2434 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2435 msgid ""
2436 "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
2437 "--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
2438 "Release.gpg Release</command>."
2439 msgstr ""
2440
2441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2442 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2443 msgid ""
2444 "<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, so that your users will "
2445 "know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
2446 "archive. It is best to ship your key in its own keyring package like "
2447 "&keyring-distro; does with &keyring-package; to be able to distribute "
2448 "updates and key transitions automatically later."
2449 msgstr ""
2450
2451 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2452 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2453 msgid ""
2454 "<emphasis>Provide instructions on how to add your archive and "
2455 "key</emphasis>. If your users can't acquire your key securely the chain of "
2456 "trust described above is broken. How you can help users add your key "
2457 "depends on your archive and target audience ranging from having your keyring "
2458 "package included in another archive users already have configured (like the "
2459 "default repositories of their distribution) to leveraging the web of trust."
2460 msgstr ""
2461
2462 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2463 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2464 msgid ""
2465 "Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
2466 "removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
2467 "above."
2468 msgstr ""
2469
2470 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2471 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2472 msgid ""
2473 "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
2474 "&debsign;, &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
2475 msgstr ""
2476
2477 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2478 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2479 msgid ""
2480 "For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
2481 "url=\"https://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
2482 "Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual (also "
2483 "available in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
2484 "url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
2485 "Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
2486 msgstr ""
2487
2488 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2489 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2490 msgid "Manpage Authors"
2491 msgstr ""
2492
2493 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2494 #: apt-secure.8.xml:1
2495 msgid ""
2496 "This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
2497 "Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
2498 msgstr ""
2499
2500 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2501 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2502 msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
2503 msgstr ""
2504
2505 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2506 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2507 msgid ""
2508 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
2509 "available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
2510 "the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
2511 "mis-burns and verifying the index files."
2512 msgstr ""
2513
2514 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2515 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2516 msgid ""
2517 "It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
2518 "system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
2519 "must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
2520 msgstr ""
2521
2522 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2523 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2524 msgid ""
2525 "<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
2526 "unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
2527 "to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
2528 "<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
2529 "title."
2530 msgstr ""
2531
2532 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2533 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2534 msgid ""
2535 "APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
2536 "maintains a database of these IDs in "
2537 "<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
2538 msgstr ""
2539
2540 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2541 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2542 msgid ""
2543 "A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
2544 "stored file name"
2545 msgstr ""
2546
2547 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2548 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2549 msgid ""
2550 "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
2551 "<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: "
2552 "<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
2553 msgstr ""
2554
2555 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2556 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2557 msgid ""
2558 "Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
2559 "be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured. "
2560 "Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
2561 msgstr ""
2562
2563 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2564 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2565 msgid ""
2566 "Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
2567 "label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
2568 "new label. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
2569 msgstr ""
2570
2571 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2572 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2573 msgid ""
2574 "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
2575 "unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: "
2576 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
2577 msgstr ""
2578
2579 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2580 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2581 msgid ""
2582 "Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
2583 "package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
2584 "been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors. Configuration "
2585 "Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
2586 msgstr ""
2587
2588 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2589 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2590 msgid ""
2591 "Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
2592 "1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
2593 "longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
2594 msgstr ""
2595
2596 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2597 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2598 msgid ""
2599 "No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
2600 "files. Everything is still checked however. Configuration Item: "
2601 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
2602 msgstr ""
2603
2604 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2605 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2606 msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
2607 msgstr ""
2608
2609 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2610 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:1
2611 msgid ""
2612 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2613 "on error."
2614 msgstr ""
2615
2616 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2617 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2618 msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
2619 msgstr ""
2620
2621 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2622 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2623 msgid ""
2624 "<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
2625 "portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
2626 "the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
2627 "manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
2628 msgstr ""
2629
2630 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2631 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2632 msgid ""
2633 "shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
2634 "script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
2635 "the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
2636 "assignment commands for each value present. In a shell script it should be "
2637 "used as follows:"
2638 msgstr ""
2639
2640 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
2641 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2642 #, no-wrap
2643 msgid ""
2644 "OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
2645 "RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
2646 "eval $RES\n"
2647 msgstr ""
2648
2649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2650 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2651 msgid ""
2652 "This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
2653 "MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
2654 msgstr ""
2655
2656 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2657 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2658 msgid ""
2659 "The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
2660 "names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
2661 "integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
2662 msgstr ""
2663
2664 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2665 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2666 msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
2667 msgstr ""
2668
2669 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2670 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2671 msgid ""
2672 "Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
2673 "--no-empty to remove them from the output."
2674 msgstr ""
2675
2676 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
2677 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2678 msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
2679 msgstr ""
2680
2681 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2682 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2683 msgid ""
2684 "Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
2685 "its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
2686 "with its value. Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
2687 "will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
2688 "as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
2689 "and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
2690 msgstr ""
2691
2692 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2693 #: apt-config.8.xml:1 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
2694 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
2695 msgid "&apt-conf;"
2696 msgstr ""
2697
2698 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2699 #: apt-config.8.xml:1
2700 msgid ""
2701 "<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2702 "on error."
2703 msgstr ""
2704
2705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
2706 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2707 msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
2708 msgstr ""
2709
2710 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
2711 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2712 msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
2713 msgstr ""
2714
2715 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
2716 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
2717 msgid "5"
2718 msgstr ""
2719
2720 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2721 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2722 msgid "Configuration file for APT"
2723 msgstr ""
2724
2725 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2726 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2727 msgid ""
2728 "<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
2729 "by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
2730 "only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
2731 "parser to provide a uniform environment."
2732 msgstr ""
2733
2734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
2735 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2736 msgid ""
2737 "When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
2738 "following order:"
2739 msgstr ""
2740
2741 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2742 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2743 msgid ""
2744 "the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
2745 "any)"
2746 msgstr ""
2747
2748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2749 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2750 msgid ""
2751 "all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
2752 "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
2753 "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
2754 "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
2755 "ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
2756 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
2757 "case it will be silently ignored."
2758 msgstr ""
2759
2760 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2761 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2762 msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
2763 msgstr ""
2764
2765 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2766 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2767 msgid ""
2768 "all options set in the binary specific configuration subtree are moved into "
2769 "the root of the tree."
2770 msgstr ""
2771
2772 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2773 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2774 msgid ""
2775 "the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
2776 "directives or to load even more configuration files."
2777 msgstr ""
2778
2779 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2780 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2781 msgid "Syntax"
2782 msgstr ""
2783
2784 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2785 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2786 msgid ""
2787 "The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
2788 "functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
2789 "notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
2790 "within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
2791 "their parent groups."
2792 msgstr ""
2793
2794 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2795 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2796 msgid ""
2797 "Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
2798 "such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
2799 "treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
2800 "<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments. "
2801 "Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. "
2802 "The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required. The value must be "
2803 "on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation. Values must not "
2804 "include backslashes or extra quotation marks. Option names are made up of "
2805 "alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\". A new scope can be "
2806 "opened with curly braces, like this:"
2807 msgstr ""
2808
2809 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2810 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2811 #, no-wrap
2812 msgid ""
2813 "APT {\n"
2814 " Get {\n"
2815 " Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
2816 " Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
2817 " };\n"
2818 "};\n"
2819 msgstr ""
2820
2821 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2822 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2823 msgid ""
2824 "with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
2825 "opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
2826 "a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
2827 msgstr ""
2828
2829 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2830 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2831 #, no-wrap
2832 msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
2833 msgstr ""
2834
2835 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2836 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2837 msgid ""
2838 "In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
2839 "for how it should look."
2840 msgstr ""
2841
2842 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2843 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2844 msgid ""
2845 "Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
2846 "example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
2847 msgstr ""
2848
2849 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2850 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2851 msgid ""
2852 "Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
2853 "be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
2854 "you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
2855 "list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
2856 "any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
2857 msgstr ""
2858
2859 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2860 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2861 msgid ""
2862 "Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
2863 "deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
2864 "<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
2865 "given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
2866 "directory is included. <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
2867 "the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
2868 "erased. (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
2869 msgstr ""
2870
2871 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2872 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2873 msgid ""
2874 "The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
2875 "complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
2876 "an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
2877 "previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
2878 "new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
2879 msgstr ""
2880
2881 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2882 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2883 msgid ""
2884 "All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
2885 "configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
2886 "full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
2887 "followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
2888 "element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
2889 "list. (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
2890 "line.)"
2891 msgstr ""
2892
2893 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2894 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2895 msgid ""
2896 "Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
2897 "for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
2898 "the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
2899 "syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
2900 "on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
2901 "like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
2902 "thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
2903 "syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
2904 "the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
2905 "used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
2906 "encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
2907 "doesn't explicitly complain about them."
2908 msgstr ""
2909
2910 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2911 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2912 msgid "The APT Group"
2913 msgstr ""
2914
2915 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2916 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2917 msgid ""
2918 "This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
2919 "options for all of the tools."
2920 msgstr ""
2921
2922 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2923 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2924 msgid ""
2925 "System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
2926 "parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
2927 "compiled for."
2928 msgstr ""
2929
2930 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2931 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2932 msgid ""
2933 "All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
2934 "<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>) "
2935 "instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
2936 "<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
2937 "is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
2938 "is always the system's native architecture "
2939 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
2940 "to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
2941 "--add-architecture</command>."
2942 msgstr ""
2943
2944 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2945 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2946 msgid ""
2947 "This scope defines which compression formats are supported, how compression "
2948 "and decompression can be performed if support for this format isn't built "
2949 "into apt directly and a cost-value indicating how costly it is to compress "
2950 "something in this format. As an example the following configuration stanza "
2951 "would allow apt to download and uncompress as well as create and store files "
2952 "with the low-cost <literal>.reversed</literal> file extension which it will "
2953 "pass to the command <command>rev</command> without additional commandline "
2954 "parameters for compression and uncompression:"
2955 msgstr ""
2956
2957 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><informalexample><programlisting>
2958 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2959 #, no-wrap
2960 msgid ""
2961 "APT::Compressor::rev {\n"
2962 "\tName \"rev\";\n"
2963 "\tExtension \".reversed\";\n"
2964 "\tBinary \"rev\";\n"
2965 "\tCompressArg {};\n"
2966 "\tUncompressArg {};\n"
2967 "\tCost \"10\";\n"
2968 "};\n"
2969 msgstr ""
2970
2971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2972 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2973 msgid ""
2974 "List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
2975 "the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix. By default this list "
2976 "is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
2977 "&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
2978 msgstr ""
2979
2980 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2981 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2982 msgid ""
2983 "Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
2984 "available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
2985 "'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&debian-stable-codename;', "
2986 "'&debian-testing-codename;', '4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
2987 msgstr ""
2988
2989 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2990 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2991 msgid ""
2992 "Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
2993 "ignore held packages in its decision making."
2994 msgstr ""
2995
2996 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2997 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
2998 msgid ""
2999 "Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
3000 "packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
3001 "then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
3002 "but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
3003 msgstr ""
3004
3005 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3006 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3007 msgid ""
3008 "Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
3009 "packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
3010 "limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
3011 "treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
3012 "unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
3013 "unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
3014 "these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
3015 "scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
3016 "A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
3017 "longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
3018 msgstr ""
3019
3020 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3021 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3022 msgid ""
3023 "The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
3024 "problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
3025 "immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
3026 "to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
3027 "configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
3028 "temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed. Note "
3029 "the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
3030 "rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
3031 "by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
3032 "already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
3033 "scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
3034 "the first place."
3035 msgstr ""
3036
3037 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3038 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3039 msgid ""
3040 "Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
3041 "option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
3042 "package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
3043 "also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
3044 "buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
3045 "process."
3046 msgstr ""
3047
3048 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3049 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3050 msgid ""
3051 "Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
3052 "you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
3053 "break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
3054 "essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
3055 "bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
3056 "<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
3057 "<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
3058 "packages depend on."
3059 msgstr ""
3060
3061 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3062 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3063 msgid ""
3064 "APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
3065 "the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
3066 "the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
3067 "will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
3068 "that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
3069 "likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
3070 "be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
3071 "increased. <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
3072 "of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
3073 "the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
3074 "value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
3075 "to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
3076 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>. The default of "
3077 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit. If "
3078 "<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
3079 "is disabled."
3080 msgstr ""
3081
3082 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3083 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3084 msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
3085 msgstr ""
3086
3087 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3088 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3089 msgid ""
3090 "The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
3091 "for more information about the options here."
3092 msgstr ""
3093
3094 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3095 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3096 msgid ""
3097 "The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
3098 "documentation for more information about the options here."
3099 msgstr ""
3100
3101 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3102 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3103 msgid ""
3104 "The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
3105 "documentation for more information about the options here."
3106 msgstr ""
3107
3108 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3109 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3110 msgid "The Acquire Group"
3111 msgstr ""
3112
3113 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3114 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3115 msgid ""
3116 "The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
3117 "packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
3118 "download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
3119 msgstr ""
3120
3121 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3122 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3123 msgid ""
3124 "Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
3125 "validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
3126 "and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
3127 "updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
3128 "user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
3129 "the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
3130 "value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
3131 "used. The <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> option of &sources-list; "
3132 "entries should be preferred to disable the check selectively instead of "
3133 "using this global override."
3134 msgstr ""
3135
3136 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3137 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3138 msgid ""
3139 "Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3140 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3141 "should be considered valid. If the Release file itself includes a "
3142 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
3143 "the expiration date. The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
3144 "for \"valid forever\". Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
3145 "the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the same can be "
3146 "achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3147 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> option there."
3148 msgstr ""
3149
3150 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3151 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3152 msgid ""
3153 "Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
3154 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
3155 "should be considered valid. Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
3156 "(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
3157 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
3158 "expiration date checking. Archive specific settings can and should be used "
3159 "by appending the label of the archive to the option name. Preferably, the "
3160 "same can be achieved for specific &sources-list; entries by using the "
3161 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> option there."
3162 msgstr ""
3163
3164 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3165 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3166 msgid ""
3167 "Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
3168 "<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
3169 "by default. Preferably, this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries "
3170 "or index files by using the <option>PDiffs</option> option there."
3171 msgstr ""
3172
3173 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3174 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3175 msgid ""
3176 "Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
3177 "<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
3178 "PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
3179 "file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
3180 "percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
3181 "file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
3182 "instead of the patches."
3183 msgstr ""
3184
3185 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3186 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3187 msgid ""
3188 "Try to download indexes via an URI constructed from a hashsum of the "
3189 "expected file rather than downloaded via a well-known stable filename. True "
3190 "by default, but automatically disabled if the source indicates no support "
3191 "for it. Usage can be forced with the special value \"force\". Preferably, "
3192 "this can be set for specific &sources-list; entries or index files by using "
3193 "the <option>By-Hash</option> option there."
3194 msgstr ""
3195
3196 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3197 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3198 msgid ""
3199 "Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
3200 "<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
3201 "APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
3202 "one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
3203 "means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
3204 msgstr ""
3205
3206 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3207 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3208 msgid ""
3209 "Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
3210 "files the given number of times."
3211 msgstr ""
3212
3213 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3214 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3215 msgid ""
3216 "Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
3217 "be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
3218 msgstr ""
3219
3220 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3221 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3222 msgid ""
3223 "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
3224 "URIs. It is in the standard form of "
3225 "<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies "
3226 "can also be specified by using the form "
3227 "<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3228 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3229 "settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
3230 "be used."
3231 msgstr ""
3232
3233 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3234 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3235 msgid ""
3236 "Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
3237 "caches. <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
3238 "response under any circumstances. <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
3239 "allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
3240 "proxy. <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
3241 "store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
3242 "the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
3243 msgstr ""
3244
3245 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3246 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt.conf.5.xml:1
3247 msgid ""
3248 "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
3249 "method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
3250 msgstr ""
3251
3252 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3253 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3254 msgid ""
3255 "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
3256 "enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
3257 "e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
3258 "a pipeline. APT tries to detect and workaround misbehaving webservers and "
3259 "proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the "
3260 "HTTP/1.1 specification pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to "
3261 "0. It is enabled by default with the value 10."
3262 msgstr ""
3263
3264 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3265 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3266 msgid ""
3267 "<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
3268 "follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
3269 msgstr ""
3270
3271 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3272 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3273 msgid ""
3274 "The used bandwidth can be limited with "
3275 "<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
3276 "kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
3277 "tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
3278 "disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
3279 msgstr ""
3280
3281 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3282 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3283 msgid ""
3284 "<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
3285 "User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
3286 "clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
3287 msgstr ""
3288
3289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3290 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3291 msgid ""
3292 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
3293 "an external command to discover the http proxy to use. The first and only "
3294 "parameter is an URI denoting the host to be contacted to allow for "
3295 "host-specific configuration. APT expects the command to output the proxy on "
3296 "stdout as a single line in the style <literal>http://proxy:port/</literal> "
3297 "or the word <literal>DIRECT</literal> if no proxy should be used. No output "
3298 "indicates that the generic proxy settings should be used. Note that "
3299 "auto-detection will not be used for a host if a host-specific proxy "
3300 "configuration is already set via "
3301 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>HOST</replaceable></literal>. "
3302 "See the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that "
3303 "uses avahi. This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
3304 "<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
3305 msgstr ""
3306
3307 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3308 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3309 msgid ""
3310 "The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
3311 "<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
3312 "<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
3313 "the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
3314 "are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
3315 "yet supported."
3316 msgstr ""
3317
3318 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3319 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3320 msgid ""
3321 "<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
3322 "about trusted certificates. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
3323 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
3324 "suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
3325 "verified against trusted certificates. "
3326 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3327 "option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
3328 "or not the server's hostname should be verified. "
3329 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
3330 "option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
3331 "client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
3332 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
3333 "private key to use for client "
3334 "authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
3335 "per-host option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
3336 "version to use. It can contain either of the strings "
3337 "'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. "
3338 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
3339 "per-host option."
3340 msgstr ""
3341
3342 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3343 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3344 msgid ""
3345 "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs. "
3346 "It is in the standard form of "
3347 "<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can "
3348 "also be specified by using the form "
3349 "<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
3350 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
3351 "settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
3352 "used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
3353 "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
3354 "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
3355 "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
3356 "this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
3357 "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
3358 "<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
3359 "<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
3360 "<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
3361 msgstr ""
3362
3363 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3364 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3365 msgid ""
3366 "Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
3367 "to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment. However, "
3368 "some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
3369 "instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
3370 "proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
3371 msgstr ""
3372
3373 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3374 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3375 msgid ""
3376 "It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
3377 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
3378 "discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
3379 "configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
3380 "low efficiency."
3381 msgstr ""
3382
3383 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3384 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3385 msgid ""
3386 "The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
3387 "<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
3388 "false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
3389 "IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
3390 "that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
3391 msgstr ""
3392
3393 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3394 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3395 #, no-wrap
3396 msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
3397 msgstr ""
3398
3399 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3400 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3401 msgid ""
3402 "For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
3403 "option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
3404 "the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
3405 "<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
3406 "and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab. The "
3407 "syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
3408 "<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash. "
3409 "Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
3410 msgstr ""
3411
3412 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3413 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3414 msgid ""
3415 "For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
3416 "<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
3417 "gpgv."
3418 msgstr ""
3419
3420 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3421 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3422 #, no-wrap
3423 msgid ""
3424 "Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
3425 "\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
3426 msgstr ""
3427
3428 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3429 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3430 msgid ""
3431 "List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods. "
3432 "Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
3433 "compression formats. By default the acquire methods can decompress and "
3434 "recompress many common formats like <command>xz</command> and "
3435 "<command>gzip</command>; with this scope the supported formats can be "
3436 "queried, modified as well as support for more formats added (see also "
3437 "<option>APT::Compressor</option>). The syntax for this is: <placeholder "
3438 "type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
3439 msgstr ""
3440
3441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3442 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3443 #, no-wrap
3444 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
3445 msgstr ""
3446
3447 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3448 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3449 #, no-wrap
3450 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"xz\"; \"gz\"; };"
3451 msgstr ""
3452
3453 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3454 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3455 msgid ""
3456 "Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
3457 "order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
3458 "acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
3459 "in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
3460 "preferred type first - types not already added will be implicitly appended "
3461 "to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/> "
3462 "can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files over all "
3463 "other compression formats. If <command>xz</command> should be preferred "
3464 "over <command>gzip</command> and <command>bzip2</command> the configure "
3465 "setting should look like this: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It "
3466 "is not needed to add <literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it "
3467 "will be added automatically."
3468 msgstr ""
3469
3470 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3471 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3472 #, no-wrap
3473 msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
3474 msgstr ""
3475
3476 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3477 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3478 msgid ""
3479 "Note that the "
3480 "<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
3481 "checked at run time. If this option has been set and support for this format "
3482 "isn't directly built into apt, the method will only be used if this file "
3483 "exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the inbuilt) setting "
3484 "is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note also that list "
3485 "entries specified on the command line will be added at the end of the list "
3486 "specified in the configuration files, but before the default entries. To "
3487 "prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the configuration "
3488 "files you can set the option direct - not in list style. This will not "
3489 "override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this type."
3490 msgstr ""
3491
3492 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3493 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3494 msgid ""
3495 "The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
3496 "uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
3497 "uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
3498 msgstr ""
3499
3500 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3501 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3502 msgid ""
3503 "When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
3504 "Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
3505 "unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
3506 "CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
3507 msgstr ""
3508
3509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3510 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3511 msgid ""
3512 "The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
3513 "files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
3514 "description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
3515 "description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
3516 "with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
3517 "<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
3518 "language codes are especially rare."
3519 msgstr ""
3520
3521 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
3522 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3523 #, no-wrap
3524 msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
3525 msgstr ""
3526
3527 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3528 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3529 msgid ""
3530 "The default list includes \"environment\" and "
3531 "\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
3532 "will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
3533 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable. It will also ensure "
3534 "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
3535 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
3536 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To "
3537 "force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
3538 "<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
3539 "another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
3540 "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these "
3541 "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
3542 "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
3543 "in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
3544 "one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
3545 "French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder "
3546 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
3547 msgstr ""
3548
3549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3550 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3551 msgid ""
3552 "Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
3553 "environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
3554 "files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
3555 "added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
3556 "\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
3557 msgstr ""
3558
3559 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3560 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3561 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
3562 msgstr ""
3563
3564 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3565 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3566 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
3567 msgstr ""
3568
3569 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3570 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3571 msgid ""
3572 "The maximum file size of Release/Release.gpg/InRelease files. The default "
3573 "is 10MB."
3574 msgstr ""
3575
3576 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3577 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3578 msgid ""
3579 "This option controls if apt will use the DNS SRV server record as specified "
3580 "in RFC 2782 to select an alternative server to connect to. The default is "
3581 "\"true\"."
3582 msgstr ""
3583
3584 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3585 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3586 msgid ""
3587 "Allow update operations to load data files from repositories without "
3588 "sufficient security information. The default value is "
3589 "\"<literal>false</literal>\". Concept, implications as well as alternatives "
3590 "are detailed in &apt-secure;."
3591 msgstr ""
3592
3593 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3594 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3595 msgid ""
3596 "Allow update operations to load data files from repositories which provide "
3597 "security information, but these are deemed no longer cryptographically "
3598 "strong enough. The default value is \"<literal>false</literal>\". Concept, "
3599 "implications as well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
3600 msgstr ""
3601
3602 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3603 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3604 msgid ""
3605 "Allow that a repository that was previously gpg signed to become unsigned "
3606 "during an update operation. When there is no valid signature for a "
3607 "previously trusted repository apt will refuse the update. This option can be "
3608 "used to override this protection. You almost certainly never want to enable "
3609 "this. The default is <literal>false</literal>. Concept, implications as "
3610 "well as alternatives are detailed in &apt-secure;."
3611 msgstr ""
3612
3613 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3614 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3615 msgid "scope"
3616 msgstr ""
3617
3618 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3619 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3620 msgid ""
3621 "Acquiring changelogs can only be done if an URI is known from where to get "
3622 "them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' "
3623 "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file is "
3624 "used to check if a "
3625 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3626 "or "
3627 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> "
3628 "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file "
3629 "can be overridden with "
3630 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> "
3631 "or "
3632 "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. "
3633 "The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that package "
3634 "specific data is replaced with the placeholder "
3635 "<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is "
3636 "from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part "
3637 "otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except "
3638 "if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which "
3639 "case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package "
3640 "name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if "
3641 "present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash "
3642 "('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an "
3643 "underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value "
3644 "'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this "
3645 "source can't be used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be "
3646 "tried if available in this case."
3647 msgstr ""
3648
3649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3650 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3651 msgid "Binary specific configuration"
3652 msgstr ""
3653
3654 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3655 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3656 msgid ""
3657 "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can "
3658 "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options "
3659 "which look like they would effect only a certain binary like "
3660 "<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> "
3661 "as well as <command>apt</command>."
3662 msgstr ""
3663
3664 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3665 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3666 msgid ""
3667 "Setting an option for a specific binary only can be achieved by setting the "
3668 "option inside the "
3669 "<option>Binary::<replaceable>specific-binary</replaceable></option> "
3670 "scope. Setting the option <option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> for the "
3671 "<command>apt</command> only can e.g. by done by setting "
3672 "<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> instead."
3673 msgstr ""
3674
3675 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3676 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3677 msgid ""
3678 "Note that as seen in the DESCRIPTION section further above you can't set "
3679 "binary-specific options on the commandline itself nor in configuration files "
3680 "loaded via the commandline."
3681 msgstr ""
3682
3683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3684 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3685 msgid "Directories"
3686 msgstr ""
3687
3688 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3689 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3690 msgid ""
3691 "The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
3692 "local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
3693 "downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
3694 "&dpkg; status file. <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
3695 "<filename>preferences</filename> file. <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3696 "contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
3697 "start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
3698 msgstr ""
3699
3700 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3701 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3702 msgid ""
3703 "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
3704 "information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
3705 "and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
3706 "archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
3707 "be turned off by setting <literal>pkgcache</literal> or "
3708 "<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> to <literal>\"\"</literal>. This will slow "
3709 "down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
3710 "pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache. Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3711 "the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
3712 msgstr ""
3713
3714 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3715 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3716 msgid ""
3717 "<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
3718 "<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
3719 "<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
3720 "effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
3721 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
3722 msgstr ""
3723
3724 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3725 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3726 msgid ""
3727 "The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
3728 "in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
3729 "main config file is loaded."
3730 msgstr ""
3731
3732 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3733 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3734 msgid ""
3735 "Binary programs are pointed to by "
3736 "<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
3737 "the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
3738 "<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
3739 "<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
3740 "<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
3741 "specify the location of the respective programs."
3742 msgstr ""
3743
3744 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3745 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3746 msgid ""
3747 "The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If "
3748 "set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, "
3749 "<emphasis>even paths that are specified absolutely</emphasis>. So, for "
3750 "instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is set to "
3751 "<filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::status</literal> "
3752 "is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file "
3753 "will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. "
3754 "If you want to prefix only relative paths, set <literal>Dir</literal> "
3755 "instead."
3756 msgstr ""
3757
3758 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3759 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3760 msgid ""
3761 "The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
3762 "which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
3763 "fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
3764 "<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
3765 "or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
3766 "default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
3767 msgstr ""
3768
3769 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3770 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3771 msgid "APT in DSelect"
3772 msgstr ""
3773
3774 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3775 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3776 msgid ""
3777 "When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
3778 "control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
3779 "section."
3780 msgstr ""
3781
3782 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3783 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3784 msgid ""
3785 "Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
3786 "<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
3787 "<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>. "
3788 "<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
3789 "packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
3790 "default) does so conditionally. <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
3791 "packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
3792 "instance). <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
3793 "downloading new packages."
3794 msgstr ""
3795
3796 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3797 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3798 msgid ""
3799 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3800 "options when it is run for the install phase."
3801 msgstr ""
3802
3803 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3804 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3805 msgid ""
3806 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3807 "options when it is run for the update phase."
3808 msgstr ""
3809
3810 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3811 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3812 msgid ""
3813 "If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue. "
3814 "The default is to prompt only on error."
3815 msgstr ""
3816
3817 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3818 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3819 msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
3820 msgstr ""
3821
3822 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3823 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3824 msgid ""
3825 "Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
3826 "in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
3827 msgstr ""
3828
3829 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3830 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3831 msgid ""
3832 "This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
3833 "using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
3834 "&dpkg;."
3835 msgstr ""
3836
3837 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3838 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3839 msgid ""
3840 "This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3841 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3842 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3843 "fail APT will abort."
3844 msgstr ""
3845
3846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3847 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3848 msgid ""
3849 "This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3850 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3851 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3852 "fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
3853 "going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
3854 "descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
3855 msgstr ""
3856
3857 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3858 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3859 msgid ""
3860 "Version 2 of this protocol sends more information through the requested file "
3861 "descriptor: a line with the text <literal>VERSION 2</literal>, the APT "
3862 "configuration space, and a list of package actions with filename and version "
3863 "information."
3864 msgstr ""
3865
3866 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3867 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3868 msgid ""
3869 "Each configuration directive line has the form "
3870 "<literal>key=value</literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, "
3871 "nonprintable characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in "
3872 "<literal>key</literal> and newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent "
3873 "signs in <literal>value</literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by "
3874 "multiple <literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The "
3875 "configuration section ends with a blank line."
3876 msgstr ""
3877
3878 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3879 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3880 msgid ""
3881 "Package action lines consist of five fields in Version 2: package name "
3882 "(without architecture qualification even if foreign), old version, direction "
3883 "of version change (&lt; for upgrades, &gt; for downgrades, = for no change), "
3884 "new version, action. The version fields are \"-\" for no version at all (for "
3885 "example when installing a package for the first time; no version is treated "
3886 "as earlier than any real version, so that is an upgrade, indicated as "
3887 "<literal>- &lt; 1.23.4</literal>). The action field is \"**CONFIGURE**\" if "
3888 "the package is being configured, \"**REMOVE**\" if it is being removed, or "
3889 "the filename of a .deb file if it is being unpacked."
3890 msgstr ""
3891
3892 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3893 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3894 msgid ""
3895 "In Version 3 after each version field follows the architecture of this "
3896 "version, which is \"-\" if there is no version, and a field showing the "
3897 "MultiArch type \"same\", \"foreign\", \"allowed\" or \"none\". Note that "
3898 "\"none\" is an incorrect typename which is just kept to remain compatible, "
3899 "it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both."
3900 msgstr ""
3901
3902 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3903 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3904 msgid ""
3905 "The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
3906 "<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
3907 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
3908 "accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
3909 "requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
3910 "support for instead."
3911 msgstr ""
3912
3913 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3914 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3915 msgid ""
3916 "The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
3917 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
3918 "which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
3919 "since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
3920 "the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
3921 "number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
3922 msgstr ""
3923
3924 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3925 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3926 msgid ""
3927 "APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
3928 "<filename>/</filename>."
3929 msgstr ""
3930
3931 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3932 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3933 msgid ""
3934 "These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
3935 "default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
3936 msgstr ""
3937
3938 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3939 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3940 msgid ""
3941 "If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
3942 "--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
3943 "triggers. This option is activated by default, but deactivating it could be "
3944 "useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
3945 "installer. In this scenario you could deactivate this option in all but the "
3946 "last run."
3947 msgstr ""
3948
3949 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3950 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3951 msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
3952 msgstr ""
3953
3954 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3955 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3956 msgid ""
3957 "<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
3958 "of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
3959 "<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal> script. See the top of "
3960 "this script for the brief documentation of these options."
3961 msgstr ""
3962
3963 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3964 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3965 msgid "Debug options"
3966 msgstr ""
3967
3968 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3969 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3970 msgid ""
3971 "Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
3972 "debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
3973 "utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
3974 "modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
3975 "<literal>apt</literal>. Most of these options are not interesting to a "
3976 "normal user, but a few may be:"
3977 msgstr ""
3978
3979 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3980 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3981 msgid ""
3982 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
3983 "decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
3984 "purge</literal>."
3985 msgstr ""
3986
3987 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3988 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3989 msgid ""
3990 "<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking. This can be "
3991 "used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
3992 "install</literal>) as a non-root user."
3993 msgstr ""
3994
3995 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3996 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
3997 msgid ""
3998 "<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
3999 "time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
4000 msgstr ""
4001
4002 #. TODO: provide a
4003 #. motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
4004 #. to do this.
4005 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4006 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4007 msgid ""
4008 "<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
4009 "in CD-ROM IDs."
4010 msgstr ""
4011
4012 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4013 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4014 msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
4015 msgstr ""
4016
4017 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4018 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4019 msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
4020 msgstr ""
4021
4022 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4023 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4024 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
4025 msgstr ""
4026
4027 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4028 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4029 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
4030 msgstr ""
4031
4032 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4033 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4034 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
4035 msgstr ""
4036
4037 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4038 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4039 msgid ""
4040 "Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
4041 "<literal>gpg</literal>."
4042 msgstr ""
4043
4044 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4045 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4046 msgid ""
4047 "Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
4048 "stored on CD-ROMs."
4049 msgstr ""
4050
4051 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4052 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4053 msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
4054 msgstr ""
4055
4056 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4057 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4058 msgid ""
4059 "Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
4060 "<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
4061 msgstr ""
4062
4063 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4064 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4065 msgid ""
4066 "Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
4067 "of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
4068 "a CD-ROM."
4069 msgstr ""
4070
4071 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4072 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4073 msgid ""
4074 "Disable all file locking. For instance, this will allow two instances of "
4075 "<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
4076 msgstr ""
4077
4078 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4079 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4080 msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
4081 msgstr ""
4082
4083 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4084 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4085 msgid ""
4086 "Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
4087 "cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
4088 msgstr ""
4089
4090 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4091 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4092 msgid ""
4093 "Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
4094 "and errors relating to package index list diffs."
4095 msgstr ""
4096
4097 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4098 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4099 msgid ""
4100 "Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
4101 "index diffs instead of full indices."
4102 msgstr ""
4103
4104 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4105 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4106 msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
4107 msgstr ""
4108
4109 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4110 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4111 msgid ""
4112 "Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
4113 "the removal of unused packages."
4114 msgstr ""
4115
4116 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4117 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4118 msgid ""
4119 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
4120 "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial "
4121 "auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
4122 "and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
4123 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
4124 msgstr ""
4125
4126 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4127 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4128 msgid ""
4129 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
4130 "keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work. Each addition "
4131 "or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
4132 "additional spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is "
4133 "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
4134 "<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
4135 "-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
4136 "is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
4137 "version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
4138 "version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
4139 "score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
4140 "as the installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
4141 "section the package appears in."
4142 msgstr ""
4143
4144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4145 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4146 msgid ""
4147 "When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
4148 "invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
4149 msgstr ""
4150
4151 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4152 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4153 msgid ""
4154 "Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
4155 "any errors encountered while parsing it."
4156 msgstr ""
4157
4158 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4159 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4160 msgid ""
4161 "Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
4162 "<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
4163 msgstr ""
4164
4165 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4166 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4167 msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
4168 msgstr ""
4169
4170 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4171 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4172 msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
4173 msgstr ""
4174
4175 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4176 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4177 msgid ""
4178 "Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
4179 "happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
4180 msgstr ""
4181
4182 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4183 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4184 msgid ""
4185 "Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
4186 "the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
4187 "described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
4188 msgstr ""
4189
4190 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4191 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4192 msgid ""
4193 "Print information about the vendors read from "
4194 "<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
4195 msgstr ""
4196
4197 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
4198 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4199 msgid ""
4200 "Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes "
4201 "e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
4202 "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
4203 msgstr ""
4204
4205 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4206 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 sources.list.5.xml:1
4207 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
4208 msgid "Examples"
4209 msgstr ""
4210
4211 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4212 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4213 msgid ""
4214 "&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
4215 "possible options."
4216 msgstr ""
4217
4218 #. ? reading apt.conf
4219 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4220 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1
4221 msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
4222 msgstr ""
4223
4224 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
4225 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4226 msgid "Preference control file for APT"
4227 msgstr ""
4228
4229 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4230 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4231 msgid ""
4232 "The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
4233 "fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
4234 "can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
4235 "installation."
4236 msgstr ""
4237
4238 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4239 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4240 msgid ""
4241 "Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
4242 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
4243 "example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>). APT "
4244 "assigns a priority to each version that is available. Subject to dependency "
4245 "constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
4246 "priority for installation. The APT preferences override the priorities that "
4247 "APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
4248 "over which one is selected for installation."
4249 msgstr ""
4250
4251 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4252 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4253 msgid ""
4254 "Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
4255 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source. In this "
4256 "case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
4257 "the &sources-list; file. The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
4258 "instance, only the choice of version."
4259 msgstr ""
4260
4261 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4262 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4263 msgid ""
4264 "Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
4265 "they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
4266 "not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
4267 "packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages. Even more problems "
4268 "will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
4269 "understanding of the following paragraphs. Packages included in a specific "
4270 "release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
4271 "older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
4272 "releases. You have been warned."
4273 msgstr ""
4274
4275 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4276 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4277 msgid ""
4278 "Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
4279 "directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
4280 "following naming convention: The files have either no or "
4281 "\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
4282 "alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters. "
4283 "Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
4284 "file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
4285 "configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
4286 msgstr ""
4287
4288 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4289 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4290 msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
4291 msgstr ""
4292
4293 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4294 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4295 #, no-wrap
4296 msgid ""
4297 "<command>apt-get install -t testing "
4298 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
4299 msgstr ""
4300
4301 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4302 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4303 #, no-wrap
4304 msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
4305 msgstr ""
4306
4307 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4308 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4309 msgid ""
4310 "If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
4311 "applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
4312 "is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs. It is "
4313 "possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
4314 "receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default. The "
4315 "target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
4316 "in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>. Note "
4317 "that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
4318 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
4319 "specifically pinned packages. For example, <placeholder "
4320 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4321 "id=\"1\"/>"
4322 msgstr ""
4323
4324 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4325 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4326 msgid ""
4327 "If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
4328 "algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package. Assign:"
4329 msgstr ""
4330
4331 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4332 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4333 msgid "priority 1"
4334 msgstr ""
4335
4336 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4337 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4338 msgid ""
4339 "to the versions coming from archives which in their "
4340 "<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
4341 "<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4342 "<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
4343 msgstr ""
4344
4345 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4346 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4347 msgid "priority 100"
4348 msgstr ""
4349
4350 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4351 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4352 msgid ""
4353 "to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
4354 "from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
4355 "as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
4356 "backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
4357 msgstr ""
4358
4359 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4360 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4361 msgid "priority 500"
4362 msgstr ""
4363
4364 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4365 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4366 msgid "to the versions that do not belong to the target release."
4367 msgstr ""
4368
4369 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4370 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4371 msgid "priority 990"
4372 msgstr ""
4373
4374 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4375 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4376 msgid "to the versions that belong to the target release."
4377 msgstr ""
4378
4379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4380 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4381 msgid ""
4382 "The highest of those priorities whose description matches the version is "
4383 "assigned to the version."
4384 msgstr ""
4385
4386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4387 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4388 msgid ""
4389 "If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
4390 "priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
4391 "uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
4392 "their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
4393 "- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
4394 "marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
4395 msgstr ""
4396
4397 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4398 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4399 msgid ""
4400 "APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
4401 "determine which version of a package to install."
4402 msgstr ""
4403
4404 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4405 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4406 msgid ""
4407 "Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000. "
4408 "(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
4409 "of a more recent version. Note that none of APT's default priorities "
4410 "exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file. "
4411 "Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
4412 msgstr ""
4413
4414 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4415 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4416 msgid "Install the highest priority version."
4417 msgstr ""
4418
4419 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4420 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4421 msgid ""
4422 "If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
4423 "(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
4424 msgstr ""
4425
4426 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4427 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4428 msgid ""
4429 "If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
4430 "the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
4431 "<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
4432 msgstr ""
4433
4434 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4435 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4436 msgid ""
4437 "In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100) "
4438 "is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
4439 "the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990). Then the package will be "
4440 "upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4441 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4442 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4443 msgstr ""
4444
4445 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4446 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4447 msgid ""
4448 "More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
4449 "recent than any of the other available versions. The package will not be "
4450 "downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4451 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4452 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4453 msgstr ""
4454
4455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4456 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4457 msgid ""
4458 "Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
4459 "belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
4460 "some other distribution. Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
4461 "<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
4462 "or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
4463 "<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
4464 "than the installed version."
4465 msgstr ""
4466
4467 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4468 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4469 msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
4470 msgstr ""
4471
4472 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4473 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4474 msgid ""
4475 "The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
4476 "assignment of priorities. The file consists of one or more multi-line "
4477 "records separated by blank lines. Records can have one of two forms, a "
4478 "specific form and a general form."
4479 msgstr ""
4480
4481 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4482 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4483 msgid ""
4484 "The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
4485 "specified packages with a specified version or version range. For example, "
4486 "the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
4487 "<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
4488 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". Multiple packages can be separated by "
4489 "spaces."
4490 msgstr ""
4491
4492 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4493 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4494 #, no-wrap
4495 msgid ""
4496 "Package: perl\n"
4497 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4498 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4499 msgstr ""
4500
4501 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4502 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4503 msgid ""
4504 "The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
4505 "given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
4506 "in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
4507 "versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
4508 "fully qualified domain name."
4509 msgstr ""
4510
4511 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4512 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4513 msgid ""
4514 "This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
4515 "of packages. For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
4516 "all package versions available from the local site."
4517 msgstr ""
4518
4519 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4520 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4521 #, no-wrap
4522 msgid ""
4523 "Package: *\n"
4524 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4525 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4526 msgstr ""
4527
4528 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4529 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4530 msgid ""
4531 "A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
4532 "which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
4533 "high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
4534 "hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
4535 msgstr ""
4536
4537 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4538 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4539 #, no-wrap
4540 msgid ""
4541 "Package: *\n"
4542 "Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
4543 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4544 msgstr ""
4545
4546 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4547 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4548 msgid ""
4549 "This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
4550 "distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file. What "
4551 "follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
4552 "Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
4553 "\"Ximian\"."
4554 msgstr ""
4555
4556 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4557 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4558 msgid ""
4559 "The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
4560 "belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
4561 "\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
4562 msgstr ""
4563
4564 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4565 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4566 #, no-wrap
4567 msgid ""
4568 "Package: *\n"
4569 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4570 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4571 msgstr ""
4572
4573 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4574 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4575 msgid ""
4576 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4577 "belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
4578 "\"<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>\"."
4579 msgstr ""
4580
4581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4582 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4583 #, no-wrap
4584 msgid ""
4585 "Package: *\n"
4586 "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
4587 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4588 msgstr ""
4589
4590 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4591 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4592 msgid ""
4593 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4594 "belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
4595 "and whose release Version number is "
4596 "\"<literal>&debian-stable-version;</literal>\"."
4597 msgstr ""
4598
4599 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4600 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4601 #, no-wrap
4602 msgid ""
4603 "Package: *\n"
4604 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
4605 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4606 msgstr ""
4607
4608 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4609 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4610 msgid ""
4611 "The effect of the comma operator is similar to an \"and\" in logic: All "
4612 "conditions must be satisfied for the pin to match. There is one exception: "
4613 "For any type of condition (such as two \"a\" conditions), only the last such "
4614 "condition is checked."
4615 msgstr ""
4616
4617 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4618 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4619 msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
4620 msgstr ""
4621
4622 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4623 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4624 msgid ""
4625 "APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
4626 "surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
4627 "priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
4628 "gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
4629 "extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
4630 msgstr ""
4631
4632 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4633 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4634 #, no-wrap
4635 msgid ""
4636 "Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
4637 "Pin: release a=experimental\n"
4638 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4639 msgstr ""
4640
4641 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4642 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4643 msgid ""
4644 "The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
4645 "string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
4646 "packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
4647 msgstr ""
4648
4649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4650 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4651 #, no-wrap
4652 msgid ""
4653 "Package: *\n"
4654 "Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
4655 "Pin-Priority: 990\n"
4656 msgstr ""
4657
4658 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4659 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4660 msgid ""
4661 "If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
4662 "behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
4663 "of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
4664 "the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
4665 "specific pins override it. The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
4666 "Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
4667 msgstr ""
4668
4669 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4670 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4671 msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
4672 msgstr ""
4673
4674 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4675 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4676 msgid ""
4677 "Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
4678 "negative integers. They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
4679 msgstr ""
4680
4681 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4682 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4683 msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
4684 msgstr ""
4685
4686 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4687 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4688 msgid ""
4689 "causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
4690 "package"
4691 msgstr ""
4692
4693 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4694 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4695 msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
4696 msgstr ""
4697
4698 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4699 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4700 msgid ""
4701 "causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
4702 "release, unless the installed version is more recent"
4703 msgstr ""
4704
4705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4706 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4707 msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
4708 msgstr ""
4709
4710 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4711 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4712 msgid ""
4713 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4714 "belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
4715 msgstr ""
4716
4717 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4718 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4719 msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
4720 msgstr ""
4721
4722 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4723 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4724 msgid ""
4725 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4726 "belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
4727 msgstr ""
4728
4729 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4730 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4731 msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
4732 msgstr ""
4733
4734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4735 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4736 msgid ""
4737 "causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
4738 "the package"
4739 msgstr ""
4740
4741 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4742 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4743 msgid "P &lt; 0"
4744 msgstr ""
4745
4746 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4747 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4748 msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
4749 msgstr ""
4750
4751 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4752 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4753 msgid "P = 0"
4754 msgstr ""
4755
4756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4757 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4758 msgid "has undefined behaviour, do not use it."
4759 msgstr ""
4760
4761 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4762 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4763 msgid ""
4764 "The first specific-form record matching an available package version "
4765 "determines the priority of the package version. Failing that, the priority "
4766 "of the package is defined as the maximum of all priorities defined by "
4767 "generic-form records matching the version. Records defined using patterns "
4768 "in the Pin field other than \"*\" are treated like specific-form records."
4769 msgstr ""
4770
4771 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4772 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4773 msgid ""
4774 "For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
4775 "presented earlier:"
4776 msgstr ""
4777
4778 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4779 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4780 #, no-wrap
4781 msgid ""
4782 "Package: perl\n"
4783 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4784 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4785 "\n"
4786 "Package: *\n"
4787 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4788 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4789 "\n"
4790 "Package: *\n"
4791 "Pin: release unstable\n"
4792 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4793 msgstr ""
4794
4795 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4796 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4797 msgid "Then:"
4798 msgstr ""
4799
4800 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4801 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4802 msgid ""
4803 "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
4804 "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
4805 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
4806 "&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
4807 "installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
4808 "downgraded."
4809 msgstr ""
4810
4811 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4812 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4813 msgid ""
4814 "A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
4815 "available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
4816 "versions belonging to the target release."
4817 msgstr ""
4818
4819 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4820 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4821 msgid ""
4822 "A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
4823 "site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
4824 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
4825 "for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
4826 msgstr ""
4827
4828 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4829 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4830 msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
4831 msgstr ""
4832
4833 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4834 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4835 msgid ""
4836 "The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
4837 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
4838 "describe the packages available at that location."
4839 msgstr ""
4840
4841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4842 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4843 msgid ""
4844 "The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4845 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
4846 "for example, "
4847 "<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>. It "
4848 "consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
4849 "in that directory. Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
4850 "APT priorities:"
4851 msgstr ""
4852
4853 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4854 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4855 msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
4856 msgstr ""
4857
4858 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4859 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4860 msgid "gives the package name"
4861 msgstr ""
4862
4863 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4864 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4865 msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
4866 msgstr ""
4867
4868 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4869 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4870 msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
4871 msgstr ""
4872
4873 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4874 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4875 msgid ""
4876 "The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4877 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
4878 "example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
4879 "<filename>.../dists/&debian-stable-codename;/Release</filename>. It "
4880 "consists of a single multi-line record which applies to "
4881 "<emphasis>all</emphasis> of the packages in the directory tree below its "
4882 "parent. Unlike the <filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the "
4883 "lines in a <filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT "
4884 "priorities:"
4885 msgstr ""
4886
4887 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4888 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4889 msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
4890 msgstr ""
4891
4892 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4893 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4894 msgid ""
4895 "names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4896 "For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
4897 "that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4898 "<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
4899 "archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
4900 "the line:"
4901 msgstr ""
4902
4903 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4904 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4905 #, no-wrap
4906 msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4907 msgstr ""
4908
4909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4910 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4911 msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
4912 msgstr ""
4913
4914 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4915 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4916 msgid ""
4917 "names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4918 "For example, the line \"Codename: &debian-testing-codename;\" specifies that "
4919 "all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4920 "<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
4921 "<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the "
4922 "APT preferences file would require the line:"
4923 msgstr ""
4924
4925 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4926 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4927 #, no-wrap
4928 msgid "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
4929 msgstr ""
4930
4931 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4932 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4933 msgid ""
4934 "names the release version. For example, the packages in the tree might "
4935 "belong to Debian release version &debian-stable-version;. Note that there "
4936 "is normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
4937 "<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
4938 "released yet. Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
4939 "of the following lines."
4940 msgstr ""
4941
4942 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4943 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4944 #, no-wrap
4945 msgid ""
4946 "Pin: release v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
4947 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&debian-stable-version;\n"
4948 "Pin: release &debian-stable-version;\n"
4949 msgstr ""
4950
4951 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4952 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4953 msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
4954 msgstr ""
4955
4956 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4957 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4958 msgid ""
4959 "names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
4960 "tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file. For example, the line "
4961 "\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
4962 "are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
4963 "licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines. "
4964 "Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
4965 "line:"
4966 msgstr ""
4967
4968 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4969 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4970 #, no-wrap
4971 msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
4972 msgstr ""
4973
4974 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4975 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4976 msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
4977 msgstr ""
4978
4979 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4980 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4981 msgid ""
4982 "names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4983 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4984 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
4985 "file would require the line:"
4986 msgstr ""
4987
4988 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4989 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4990 #, no-wrap
4991 msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4992 msgstr ""
4993
4994 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4995 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
4996 msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
4997 msgstr ""
4998
4999 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
5000 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5001 msgid ""
5002 "names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
5003 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
5004 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
5005 "file would require the line:"
5006 msgstr ""
5007
5008 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
5009 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5010 #, no-wrap
5011 msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
5012 msgstr ""
5013
5014 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5015 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5016 msgid ""
5017 "All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
5018 "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
5019 "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
5020 "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
5021 "<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file "
5022 "<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
5023 "contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
5024 "<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
5025 "architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
5026 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
5027 msgstr ""
5028
5029 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5030 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5031 msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
5032 msgstr ""
5033
5034 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5035 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5036 msgid ""
5037 "Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
5038 "more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>. This "
5039 "provides a place for comments."
5040 msgstr ""
5041
5042 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5043 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5044 msgid "Tracking Stable"
5045 msgstr ""
5046
5047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5048 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5049 #, no-wrap
5050 msgid ""
5051 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
5052 "Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
5053 "Package: *\n"
5054 "Pin: release a=stable\n"
5055 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5056 "\n"
5057 "Package: *\n"
5058 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5059 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5060 msgstr ""
5061
5062 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5063 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5064 msgid ""
5065 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5066 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5067 "<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5068 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
5069 "distributions. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5070 msgstr ""
5071
5072 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5073 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1 apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5074 #, no-wrap
5075 msgid ""
5076 "apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
5077 "apt-get upgrade\n"
5078 "apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
5079 msgstr ""
5080
5081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5082 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5083 msgid ""
5084 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5085 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5086 "<literal>stable</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5087 "id=\"0\"/>"
5088 msgstr ""
5089
5090 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5091 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5092 #, no-wrap
5093 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
5094 msgstr ""
5095
5096 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5097 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5098 msgid ""
5099 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5100 "latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
5101 "will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again. <placeholder "
5102 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5103 msgstr ""
5104
5105 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5106 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5107 msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
5108 msgstr ""
5109
5110 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5111 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5112 #, no-wrap
5113 msgid ""
5114 "Package: *\n"
5115 "Pin: release a=testing\n"
5116 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5117 "\n"
5118 "Package: *\n"
5119 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
5120 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5121 "\n"
5122 "Package: *\n"
5123 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5124 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5125 msgstr ""
5126
5127 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5128 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5129 msgid ""
5130 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
5131 "to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
5132 "lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
5133 "distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
5134 "other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions. <placeholder "
5135 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5136 msgstr ""
5137
5138 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5139 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5140 msgid ""
5141 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5142 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
5143 "<literal>testing</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
5144 "id=\"0\"/>"
5145 msgstr ""
5146
5147 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5148 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5149 #, no-wrap
5150 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
5151 msgstr ""
5152
5153 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5154 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5155 msgid ""
5156 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5157 "latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution. "
5158 "Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
5159 "the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
5160 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5161 "<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
5162 "installed version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5163 msgstr ""
5164
5165 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5166 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5167 msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
5168 msgstr ""
5169
5170 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5171 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5172 #, no-wrap
5173 msgid ""
5174 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
5175 "versions\n"
5176 "Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
5177 "&debian-testing-codename; or sid\n"
5178 "Package: *\n"
5179 "Pin: release n=&debian-testing-codename;\n"
5180 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
5181 "\n"
5182 "Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
5183 "Package: *\n"
5184 "Pin: release n=sid\n"
5185 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
5186 "\n"
5187 "Package: *\n"
5188 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
5189 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
5190 msgstr ""
5191
5192 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5193 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5194 msgid ""
5195 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
5196 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
5197 "specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
5198 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
5199 "codenames and archives. Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
5200 "the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
5201 "<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
5202 "want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
5203 "notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
5204 "configurations above. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5205 msgstr ""
5206
5207 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5208 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5209 msgid ""
5210 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
5211 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
5212 "the release codenamed with <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal>. "
5213 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5214 msgstr ""
5215
5216 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5217 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5218 #, no-wrap
5219 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
5220 msgstr ""
5221
5222 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5223 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5224 msgid ""
5225 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
5226 "latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution. Thereafter, "
5227 "<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
5228 "recent <literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more "
5229 "recent than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
5230 "<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
5231 "version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5232 msgstr ""
5233
5234 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5235 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:1
5236 msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
5237 msgstr ""
5238
5239 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5240 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5241 msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
5242 msgstr ""
5243
5244 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5245 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5246 msgid ""
5247 "The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> and the files "
5248 "contained in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename> are designed to "
5249 "support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The "
5250 "files list one source per line (one-line style) or contain multiline stanzas "
5251 "defining one or more sources per stanza (deb822 style), with the most "
5252 "preferred source listed first (in case a single version is available from "
5253 "more than one source). The information available from the configured sources "
5254 "is acquired by <command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent "
5255 "command from another APT front-end)."
5256 msgstr ""
5257
5258 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5259 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5260 msgid "sources.list.d"
5261 msgstr ""
5262
5263 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5264 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5265 msgid ""
5266 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
5267 "add sources.list entries in separate files. Two different file formats are "
5268 "allowed as described in the next two sections. Filenames need to have "
5269 "either the extension <filename>.list</filename> or "
5270 "<filename>.sources</filename> depending on the contained format. The "
5271 "filenames may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), digits (0-9), underscore "
5272 "(_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a "
5273 "notice that it has ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
5274 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
5275 "case it will be silently ignored."
5276 msgstr ""
5277
5278 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5279 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5280 msgid "One-Line-Style Format"
5281 msgstr ""
5282
5283 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5284 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5285 msgid ""
5286 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.list</filename>. Each "
5287 "line specifying a source starts with a type "
5288 "(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>) followed by options and arguments for "
5289 "this type. Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
5290 "line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
5291 "on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment. Consequently an "
5292 "entry can be disabled by commenting out the entire line. If options should "
5293 "be provided they are separated by spaces and all of them together are "
5294 "enclosed by square brackets (<literal>[]</literal>) included in the line "
5295 "after the type separated from it with a space. If an option allows multiple "
5296 "values these are separated from each other with a comma "
5297 "(<literal>,</literal>). An option name is separated from its value(s) by an "
5298 "equals sign (<literal>=</literal>). Multivalue options also have "
5299 "<literal>-=</literal> and <literal>+=</literal> as separators, which instead "
5300 "of replacing the default with the given value(s) modify the default value(s) "
5301 "to remove or include the given values."
5302 msgstr ""
5303
5304 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5305 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5306 msgid ""
5307 "This is the traditional format and supported by all apt versions. Note that "
5308 "not all options as described below are supported by all apt versions. Note "
5309 "also that some older applications parsing this format on their own might not "
5310 "expect to encounter options as they were uncommon before the introduction of "
5311 "multi-architecture support."
5312 msgstr ""
5313
5314 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5315 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5316 msgid "deb822-Style Format"
5317 msgstr ""
5318
5319 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5320 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5321 msgid ""
5322 "Files in this format have the extension <filename>.sources</filename>. The "
5323 "format is similar in syntax to other files used by Debian and its "
5324 "derivatives, such as the metadata files that apt will download from the "
5325 "configured sources or the <filename>debian/control</filename> file in a "
5326 "Debian source package. Individual entries are separated by an empty line; "
5327 "additional empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character at "
5328 "the start of the line marks the entire line as a comment. An entry can hence "
5329 "be disabled by commenting out each line belonging to the stanza, but it is "
5330 "usually easier to add the field \"Enabled: no\" to the stanza to disable the "
5331 "entry. Removing the field or setting it to yes reenables it. Options have "
5332 "the same syntax as every other field: A fieldname separated by a colon "
5333 "(<literal>:</literal>) and optionally spaces from its value(s). Note "
5334 "especially that multiple values are separated by spaces, not by commas as in "
5335 "the one-line format. Multivalue fields like <literal>Architectures</literal> "
5336 "also have <literal>Architectures-Add</literal> and "
5337 "<literal>Architectures-Remove</literal> to modify the default value rather "
5338 "than replacing it."
5339 msgstr ""
5340
5341 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5342 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5343 msgid ""
5344 "This is a new format supported by apt itself since version 1.1. Previous "
5345 "versions ignore such files with a notice message as described earlier. It "
5346 "is intended to make this format gradually the default format, deprecating "
5347 "the previously described one-line-style format, as it is easier to create, "
5348 "extend and modify for humans and machines alike especially if a lot of "
5349 "sources and/or options are involved. Developers who are working with and/or "
5350 "parsing apt sources are highly encouraged to add support for this format and "
5351 "to contact the APT team to coordinate and share this work. Users can freely "
5352 "adopt this format already, but may encounter problems with software not "
5353 "supporting the format yet."
5354 msgstr ""
5355
5356 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5357 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5358 msgid "The deb and deb-src Types: General Format"
5359 msgstr ""
5360
5361 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5362 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5363 msgid ""
5364 "The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
5365 "archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
5366 "<literal>distribution</literal> is generally a suite name like "
5367 "<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
5368 "<literal>&debian-stable-codename;</literal> or "
5369 "<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
5370 "<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
5371 "<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
5372 "a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
5373 "<literal>deb</literal> type. A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
5374 "to fetch source indexes."
5375 msgstr ""
5376
5377 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5378 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5379 msgid ""
5380 "The format for two one-line-style entries using the <literal>deb</literal> "
5381 "and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
5382 msgstr ""
5383
5384 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5385 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5386 #, no-wrap
5387 msgid ""
5388 "deb [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] [component2] "
5389 "[...]\n"
5390 "deb-src [ option1=value1 option2=value2 ] uri suite [component1] "
5391 "[component2] [...]"
5392 msgstr ""
5393
5394 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5395 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5396 #, no-wrap
5397 msgid ""
5398 " Types: deb deb-src\n"
5399 " URIs: uri\n"
5400 " Suites: suite\n"
5401 " Components: [component1] [component2] [...]\n"
5402 " option1: value1\n"
5403 " option2: value2\n"
5404 " "
5405 msgstr ""
5406
5407 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5408 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5409 msgid ""
5410 "Alternatively the equivalent entry in deb822 style looks like this: "
5411 "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
5412 msgstr ""
5413
5414 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5415 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5416 msgid ""
5417 "The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
5418 "Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs. "
5419 "<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
5420 "components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
5421 "slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
5422 "particular sub-directory of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest. "
5423 "If <literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
5424 "<literal>component</literal> must be present."
5425 msgstr ""
5426
5427 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5428 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5429 msgid ""
5430 "<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
5431 "<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
5432 "<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
5433 "system. This permits architecture-independent "
5434 "<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
5435 "of interest when specifying an exact path; <literal>APT</literal> will "
5436 "automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
5437 msgstr ""
5438
5439 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5440 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5441 msgid ""
5442 "Especially in the one-line-style format since only one distribution can be "
5443 "specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the same "
5444 "URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
5445 "location is desired. APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
5446 "complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
5447 "Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
5448 "inefficiently establish a connection, close it, do something else, and then "
5449 "re-establish a connection to that same host. APT also parallelizes "
5450 "connections to different hosts to more effectively deal with sites with low "
5451 "bandwidth."
5452 msgstr ""
5453
5454 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5455 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5456 msgid ""
5457 "It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
5458 "preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
5459 "speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
5460 "followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
5461 msgstr ""
5462
5463 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5464 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5465 #, no-wrap
5466 msgid "&sourceslist-list-format;"
5467 msgstr ""
5468
5469 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5470 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5471 #, no-wrap
5472 msgid "&sourceslist-sources-format;"
5473 msgstr ""
5474
5475 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5476 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5477 msgid ""
5478 "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in "
5479 "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or "
5480 "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" "
5481 "id=\"1\"/>"
5482 msgstr ""
5483
5484 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5485 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5486 msgid "The deb and deb-src types: Options"
5487 msgstr ""
5488
5489 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5490 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5491 msgid ""
5492 "Each source entry can have options specified to modify which source is "
5493 "accessed and how data is acquired from it. Format, syntax and names of the "
5494 "options vary between the one-line-style and deb822-style formats as "
5495 "described, but they both have the same options available. For simplicity we "
5496 "list the deb822 fieldname and provide the one-line name in brackets. "
5497 "Remember that besides setting multivalue options explicitly, there is also "
5498 "the option to modify them based on the default, but we aren't listing those "
5499 "names explicitly here. Unsupported options are silently ignored by all APT "
5500 "versions."
5501 msgstr ""
5502
5503 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5504 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5505 msgid ""
5506 "<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is a multivalue "
5507 "option defining for which architectures information should be downloaded. If "
5508 "this option isn't set the default is all architectures as defined by the "
5509 "<option>APT::Architectures</option> config option."
5510 msgstr ""
5511
5512 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5513 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5514 msgid ""
5515 "<option>Languages</option> (<option>lang</option>) is a multivalue option "
5516 "defining for which languages information such as translated package "
5517 "descriptions should be downloaded. If this option isn't set the default is "
5518 "all languages as defined by the <option>Acquire::Languages</option> config "
5519 "option."
5520 msgstr ""
5521
5522 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5523 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5524 msgid ""
5525 "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option "
5526 "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If "
5527 "not specified, the default set is defined by the "
5528 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are "
5529 "specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). "
5530 "Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the "
5531 "<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value "
5532 "instead of using this multivalue option."
5533 msgstr ""
5534
5535 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5536 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5537 msgid ""
5538 "<option>PDiffs</option> (<option>pdiffs</option>) is a yes/no value which "
5539 "controls if APT should try to use PDiffs to update old indexes instead of "
5540 "downloading the new indexes entirely. The value of this option is ignored if "
5541 "the repository doesn't announce the availability of PDiffs. Defaults to the "
5542 "value of the option with the same name for a specific index file defined in "
5543 "the <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to "
5544 "the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> which "
5545 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5546 msgstr ""
5547
5548 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5549 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5550 msgid ""
5551 "<option>By-Hash</option> (<option>by-hash</option>) can have the value "
5552 "<literal>yes</literal>, <literal>no</literal> or <literal>force</literal> "
5553 "and controls if APT should try to acquire indexes via a URI constructed from "
5554 "a hashsum of the expected file instead of using the well-known stable "
5555 "filename of the index. Using this can avoid hashsum mismatches, but requires "
5556 "a supporting mirror. A <literal>yes</literal> or <literal>no</literal> value "
5557 "activates/disables the use of this feature if this source indicates support "
5558 "for it, while <literal>force</literal> will enable the feature regardless of "
5559 "what the source indicates. Defaults to the value of the option of the same "
5560 "name for a specific index file defined in the "
5561 "<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> scope, which itself defaults to the "
5562 "value of configuration option <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> which "
5563 "defaults to <literal>yes</literal>."
5564 msgstr ""
5565
5566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5567 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5568 msgid ""
5569 "Furthermore, there are options which if set affect <emphasis>all</emphasis> "
5570 "sources with the same URI and Suite, so they have to be set on all such "
5571 "entries and can not be varied between different components. APT will try to "
5572 "detect and error out on such anomalies."
5573 msgstr ""
5574
5575 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5576 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5577 msgid ""
5578 "<option>Allow-Insecure</option> (<option>allow-insecure</option>), "
5579 "<option>Allow-Weak</option> (<option>allow-weak</option>) and "
5580 "<option>Allow-Downgrade-To-Insecure</option> "
5581 "(<option>allow-downgrade-to-insecure</option>) are boolean values which all "
5582 "default to <literal>no</literal>. If set to <literal>yes</literal> they "
5583 "circumvent parts of &apt-secure; and should therefore not be used lightly!"
5584 msgstr ""
5585
5586 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5587 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5588 msgid ""
5589 "<option>Trusted</option> (<option>trusted</option>) is a tri-state value "
5590 "which defaults to APT deciding if a source is considered trusted or if "
5591 "warnings should be raised before e.g. packages are installed from this "
5592 "source. This option can be used to override that decision. The value "
5593 "<literal>yes</literal> tells APT always to consider this source as trusted, "
5594 "even if it doesn't pass authentication checks. It disables parts of "
5595 "&apt-secure;, and should therefore only be used in a local and trusted "
5596 "context (if at all) as otherwise security is breached. The value "
5597 "<literal>no</literal> does the opposite, causing the source to be handled as "
5598 "untrusted even if the authentication checks passed successfully. The default "
5599 "value can't be set explicitly."
5600 msgstr ""
5601
5602 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5603 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5604 msgid ""
5605 "<option>Signed-By</option> (<option>signed-by</option>) is either an "
5606 "absolute path to a keyring file (has to be accessible and readable for the "
5607 "<literal>_apt</literal> user, so ensure everyone has read-permissions on the "
5608 "file) or one or more fingerprints of keys either in the "
5609 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> keyring or in the keyrings in the "
5610 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d/</filename> directory (see <command>apt-key "
5611 "fingerprint</command>). If the option is set, only the key(s) in this "
5612 "keyring or only the keys with these fingerprints are used for the "
5613 "&apt-secure; verification of this repository. Defaults to the value of the "
5614 "option with the same name if set in the previously acquired "
5615 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Otherwise all keys in the trusted "
5616 "keyrings are considered valid signers for this repository."
5617 msgstr ""
5618
5619 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5620 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5621 msgid ""
5622 "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) is "
5623 "a yes/no value which controls if APT should try to detect replay attacks. A "
5624 "repository creator can declare a time until which the data provided in the "
5625 "repository should be considered valid, and if this time is reached, but no "
5626 "new data is provided, the data is considered expired and an error is "
5627 "raised. Besides increasing security, as a malicious attacker can't send old "
5628 "data forever to prevent a user from upgrading to a new version, this also "
5629 "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some "
5630 "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, "
5631 "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to "
5632 "<literal>no</literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option "
5633 "<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to "
5634 "<literal>yes</literal>."
5635 msgstr ""
5636
5637 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
5638 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5639 msgid ""
5640 "<option>Valid-Until-Min</option> (<option>valid-until-min</option>) and "
5641 "<option>Valid-Until-Max</option> (<option>valid-until-max</option>) can be "
5642 "used to raise or lower the time period in seconds in which the data from "
5643 "this repository is considered valid. -Max can be especially useful if the "
5644 "repository provides no Valid-Until field on its Release file to set your own "
5645 "value, while -Min can be used to increase the valid time on seldom updated "
5646 "(local) mirrors of a more frequently updated but less accessible archive "
5647 "(which is in the sources.list as well) instead of disabling the check "
5648 "entirely. Default to the value of the configuration options "
5649 "<option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and "
5650 "<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> which are both unset by default."
5651 msgstr ""
5652
5653 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5654 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5655 msgid "URI Specification"
5656 msgstr ""
5657
5658 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5659 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5660 msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
5661 msgstr ""
5662
5663 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5664 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5665 msgid ""
5666 "The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
5667 "considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
5668 "archives."
5669 msgstr ""
5670
5671 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5672 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5673 msgid ""
5674 "The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
5675 "swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
5676 "list."
5677 msgstr ""
5678
5679 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5680 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5681 msgid ""
5682 "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
5683 "variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
5684 "http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
5685 "will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
5686 "the format http://user:pass@server:port/. Note that this is an insecure "
5687 "method of authentication."
5688 msgstr ""
5689
5690 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5691 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5692 msgid ""
5693 "The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
5694 "is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
5695 "page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
5696 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
5697 "HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs) using this "
5698 "environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
5699 "variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
5700 "ignored."
5701 msgstr ""
5702
5703 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5704 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5705 msgid ""
5706 "The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
5707 "copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location. "
5708 "This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
5709 "APT."
5710 msgstr ""
5711
5712 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5713 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5714 msgid ""
5715 "The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
5716 "the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
5717 "recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
5718 "commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
5719 msgstr ""
5720
5721 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5722 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5723 msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
5724 msgstr ""
5725
5726 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5727 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5728 msgid ""
5729 "APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
5730 "which should follow the naming scheme "
5731 "<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>. For "
5732 "instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
5733 "<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
5734 "HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method. Methods for using "
5735 "e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
5736 msgstr ""
5737
5738 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5739 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5740 msgid ""
5741 "Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/apt/debian for "
5742 "stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
5743 msgstr ""
5744
5745 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5746 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5747 #, no-wrap
5748 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian stable main contrib non-free"
5749 msgstr ""
5750
5751 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5752 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5753 #, no-wrap
5754 msgid ""
5755 "Types: deb\n"
5756 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5757 "Suites: stable\n"
5758 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5759 msgstr ""
5760
5761 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5762 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5763 msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
5764 msgstr ""
5765
5766 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5767 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5768 #, no-wrap
5769 msgid "deb file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5770 msgstr ""
5771
5772 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5773 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5774 #, no-wrap
5775 msgid ""
5776 "Types: deb\n"
5777 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5778 "Suites: unstable\n"
5779 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5780 msgstr ""
5781
5782 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5783 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5784 msgid "Sources specification for the above."
5785 msgstr ""
5786
5787 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5788 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5789 #, no-wrap
5790 msgid "deb-src file:/home/apt/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5791 msgstr ""
5792
5793 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5794 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5795 #, no-wrap
5796 msgid ""
5797 "Types: deb-src\n"
5798 "URIs: file:/home/apt/debian\n"
5799 "Suites: unstable\n"
5800 "Components: main contrib non-free"
5801 msgstr ""
5802
5803 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5804 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5805 msgid ""
5806 "The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
5807 "<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
5808 "<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
5809 msgstr ""
5810
5811 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5812 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5813 #, no-wrap
5814 msgid ""
5815 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; main\n"
5816 "deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://deb.debian.org/debian "
5817 "&debian-stable-codename; main"
5818 msgstr ""
5819
5820 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5821 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5822 #, no-wrap
5823 msgid ""
5824 "Types: deb\n"
5825 "URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian\n"
5826 "Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
5827 "Components: main\n"
5828 "\n"
5829 "Types: deb\n"
5830 "URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian\n"
5831 "Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
5832 "Components: main\n"
5833 "Architectures: amd64 armel\n"
5834 msgstr ""
5835
5836 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5837 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5838 msgid ""
5839 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
5840 "hamm/main area."
5841 msgstr ""
5842
5843 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5844 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5845 #, no-wrap
5846 msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
5847 msgstr ""
5848
5849 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5850 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5851 #, no-wrap
5852 msgid ""
5853 "Types: deb\n"
5854 "URIs: http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive\n"
5855 "Suites: hamm\n"
5856 "Components: main"
5857 msgstr ""
5858
5859 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5860 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5861 msgid ""
5862 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5863 "directory, and uses only the &debian-stable-codename;/contrib area."
5864 msgstr ""
5865
5866 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5867 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5868 #, no-wrap
5869 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &debian-stable-codename; contrib"
5870 msgstr ""
5871
5872 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5873 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5874 #, no-wrap
5875 msgid ""
5876 "Types: deb\n"
5877 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5878 "Suites: &debian-stable-codename;\n"
5879 "Components: contrib"
5880 msgstr ""
5881
5882 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5883 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5884 msgid ""
5885 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5886 "directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
5887 "well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
5888 "a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
5889 msgstr ""
5890
5891 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5892 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5893 #, no-wrap
5894 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
5895 msgstr ""
5896
5897 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5898 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5899 #, no-wrap
5900 msgid ""
5901 "Types: deb\n"
5902 "URIs: ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian\n"
5903 "Suites: unstable\n"
5904 "Components: contrib"
5905 msgstr ""
5906
5907 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5908 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5909 #, no-wrap
5910 msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5911 msgstr ""
5912
5913 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5914 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5915 #, no-wrap
5916 msgid ""
5917 "Types: deb\n"
5918 "URIs: http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe\n"
5919 "Suites: unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5920 msgstr ""
5921
5922 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5923 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5924 msgid ""
5925 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
5926 "directory, and uses only files found under "
5927 "<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
5928 "<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
5929 "supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
5930 "substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
5931 "this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder "
5932 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>"
5933 msgstr ""
5934
5935 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5936 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5937 msgid ""
5938 "Uses HTTP to get binary packages as well as sources from the stable, testing "
5939 "and unstable suites and the components main and contrib."
5940 msgstr ""
5941
5942 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5943 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5944 #, no-wrap
5945 msgid ""
5946 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5947 "deb-src http://deb.debian.org/debian stable main contrib\n"
5948 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5949 "deb-src http://deb.debian.org/debian testing main contrib\n"
5950 "deb http://deb.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib\n"
5951 "deb-src http://deb.debian.org/debian unstable main contrib"
5952 msgstr ""
5953
5954 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5955 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5956 #, no-wrap
5957 msgid ""
5958 "Types: deb deb-src\n"
5959 "URIs: http://deb.debian.org/debian\n"
5960 "Suites: stable testing unstable\n"
5961 "Components: main contrib\n"
5962 msgstr ""
5963
5964 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5965 #: sources.list.5.xml:1
5966 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-conf;, &apt-acquire-additional-files;"
5967 msgstr ""
5968
5969 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
5970 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
5971 msgid "1"
5972 msgstr ""
5973
5974 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5975 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5976 msgid ""
5977 "Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
5978 "Debian packages"
5979 msgstr ""
5980
5981 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5982 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5983 msgid ""
5984 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
5985 "files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
5986 "config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
5987 "config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
5988 "format:"
5989 msgstr ""
5990
5991 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5992 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5993 msgid "package version template-file config-script"
5994 msgstr ""
5995
5996 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5997 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
5998 msgid ""
5999 "template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
6000 "specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
6001 "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
6002 "filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
6003 "<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
6004 msgstr ""
6005
6006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6007 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6008 msgid ""
6009 "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
6010 "template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: "
6011 "<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
6012 msgstr ""
6013
6014 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6015 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:1
6016 msgid ""
6017 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
6018 "decimal 100 on error."
6019 msgstr ""
6020
6021 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
6022 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6023 msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
6024 msgstr ""
6025
6026 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6027 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6028 msgid ""
6029 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
6030 "package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
6031 "name. It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
6032 "internal sorting rules."
6033 msgstr ""
6034
6035 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6036 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6037 msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
6038 msgstr ""
6039
6040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6041 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6042 msgid ""
6043 "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: "
6044 "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
6045 msgstr ""
6046
6047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6048 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:1
6049 msgid ""
6050 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6051 "100 on error."
6052 msgstr ""
6053
6054 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
6055 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6056 msgid "Utility to generate index files"
6057 msgstr ""
6058
6059 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6060 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6061 msgid ""
6062 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
6063 "the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
6064 "files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
6065 "site."
6066 msgstr ""
6067
6068 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6069 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6070 msgid ""
6071 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
6072 "program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
6073 "<literal>packages</literal> command. It also contains a contents file "
6074 "generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
6075 "the generation process for a complete archive."
6076 msgstr ""
6077
6078 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6079 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6080 msgid ""
6081 "Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
6082 "databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
6083 "external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
6084 "automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
6085 "output files."
6086 msgstr ""
6087
6088 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6089 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6090 msgid ""
6091 "The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
6092 "takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
6093 "emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
6094 "equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
6095 msgstr ""
6096
6097 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6098 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6099 msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
6100 msgstr ""
6101
6102 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6103 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6104 msgid ""
6105 "The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
6106 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
6107 "for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
6108 "approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
6109 msgstr ""
6110
6111 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6112 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6113 msgid ""
6114 "If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
6115 "for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
6116 "change the source override file that will be used."
6117 msgstr ""
6118
6119 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6120 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6121 msgid ""
6122 "The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
6123 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
6124 ".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
6125 "to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
6126 "to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
6127 "separated by a comma in the output."
6128 msgstr ""
6129
6130 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6131 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6132 msgid ""
6133 "The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
6134 "directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
6135 "and compressed <filename>Packages</filename>, <filename>Sources</filename>, "
6136 "<filename>Contents</filename>, <filename>Components</filename> and "
6137 "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, "
6138 "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by "
6139 "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). "
6140 "Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
6141 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to "
6142 "stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, "
6143 "SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file."
6144 msgstr ""
6145
6146 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6147 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6148 msgid ""
6149 "Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
6150 "the corresponding variables under "
6151 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
6152 "e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
6153 "fields are <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
6154 "<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
6155 "<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
6156 "<literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, <literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, "
6157 "<literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, <literal>Valid-Until</literal>, "
6158 "<literal>Signed-By</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, "
6159 "<literal>Components</literal> and <literal>Description</literal>."
6160 msgstr ""
6161
6162 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6163 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6164 msgid ""
6165 "The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
6166 "cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
6167 "config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
6168 "are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
6169 "maintaining the required settings."
6170 msgstr ""
6171
6172 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6173 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6174 msgid ""
6175 "The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
6176 "configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
6177 msgstr ""
6178
6179 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6180 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6181 msgid "The Generate Configuration"
6182 msgstr ""
6183
6184 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6185 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6186 msgid ""
6187 "The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
6188 "describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
6189 "ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd. "
6190 "&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
6191 "configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
6192 "tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
6193 msgstr ""
6194
6195 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6196 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6197 msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
6198 msgstr ""
6199
6200 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6201 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6202 msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
6203 msgstr ""
6204
6205 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6206 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6207 msgid ""
6208 "The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
6209 "to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
6210 "directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
6211 "to produce a complete an absolute path."
6212 msgstr ""
6213
6214 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6215 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6216 msgid ""
6217 "Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
6218 "this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
6219 "nodes."
6220 msgstr ""
6221
6222 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6223 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6224 msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
6225 msgstr ""
6226
6227 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6228 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6229 msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
6230 msgstr ""
6231
6232 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6233 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6234 msgid ""
6235 "Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
6236 "<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
6237 msgstr ""
6238
6239 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6240 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6241 msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
6242 msgstr ""
6243
6244 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6245 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6246 msgid ""
6247 "The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
6248 "settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
6249 "override these defaults with a per-section setting."
6250 msgstr ""
6251
6252 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6253 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6254 msgid ""
6255 "Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
6256 "is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of the "
6257 "compressors configured via the <option>APT::Compressor</option> "
6258 "configuration scope. The default for all compression schemes is '. gzip'."
6259 msgstr ""
6260
6261 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6262 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6263 msgid ""
6264 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This "
6265 "defaults to '.deb'."
6266 msgstr ""
6267
6268 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6269 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6270 msgid ""
6271 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6272 "controls the compression for the Sources files."
6273 msgstr ""
6274
6275 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6276 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6277 msgid ""
6278 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files. This "
6279 "defaults to '.dsc'."
6280 msgstr ""
6281
6282 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6283 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6284 msgid ""
6285 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6286 "controls the compression for the Contents files."
6287 msgstr ""
6288
6289 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6290 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6291 msgid ""
6292 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
6293 "controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
6294 msgstr ""
6295
6296 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6297 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6298 msgid ""
6299 "Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
6300 "per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
6301 "<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
6302 msgstr ""
6303
6304 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6305 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6306 msgid ""
6307 "Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
6308 "index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
6309 msgstr ""
6310
6311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6312 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6313 msgid ""
6314 "Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
6315 "<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
6316 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
6317 msgstr ""
6318
6319 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6320 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6321 msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
6322 msgstr ""
6323
6324 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6325 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6326 msgid ""
6327 "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
6328 "variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
6329 "$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
6330 msgstr ""
6331
6332 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6333 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6334 msgid ""
6335 "Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
6336 "day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
6337 "will all be rebuilt."
6338 msgstr ""
6339
6340 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6341 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6342 msgid ""
6343 "Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
6344 "changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
6345 "updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
6346 "that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
6347 "hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
6348 "new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
6349 msgstr ""
6350
6351 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6352 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6353 msgid ""
6354 "Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
6355 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
6356 msgstr ""
6357
6358 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6359 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6360 msgid ""
6361 "Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
6362 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
6363 msgstr ""
6364
6365 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6366 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6367 msgid ""
6368 "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
6369 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
6370 msgstr ""
6371
6372 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6373 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6374 msgid ""
6375 "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
6376 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
6377 msgstr ""
6378
6379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6380 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6381 msgid ""
6382 "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
6383 "they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
6384 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
6385 msgstr ""
6386
6387 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6388 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6389 msgid ""
6390 "Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
6391 "instead of an external link. Defaults to "
6392 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
6393 msgstr ""
6394
6395 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6396 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6397 msgid ""
6398 "Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
6399 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
6400 "causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
6401 "default) then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
6402 "package files together automatically."
6403 msgstr ""
6404
6405 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6406 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6407 msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
6408 msgstr ""
6409
6410 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6411 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6412 msgid ""
6413 "Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
6414 "can share the same database."
6415 msgstr ""
6416
6417 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6418 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6419 msgid ""
6420 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6421 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6422 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
6423 msgstr ""
6424
6425 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6426 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6427 msgid ""
6428 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
6429 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
6430 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory. "
6431 "This is used when processing source indexes."
6432 msgstr ""
6433
6434 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6435 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6436 msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
6437 msgstr ""
6438
6439 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6440 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6441 msgid ""
6442 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
6443 "which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
6444 "directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
6445 "pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
6446 "variable."
6447 msgstr ""
6448
6449 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6450 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6451 msgid ""
6452 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
6453 "<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
6454 "path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>). Typically this is a "
6455 "setting such as <filename>dists/&debian-stable-codename;</filename>."
6456 msgstr ""
6457
6458 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6459 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6460 msgid ""
6461 "All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
6462 "can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
6463 "variables."
6464 msgstr ""
6465
6466 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
6467 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6468 #, no-wrap
6469 msgid ""
6470 "for i in Sections do \n"
6471 " for j in Architectures do\n"
6472 " Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
6473 " "
6474 msgstr ""
6475
6476 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6477 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6478 msgid ""
6479 "When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
6480 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
6481 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6482 msgstr ""
6483
6484 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6485 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6486 msgid ""
6487 "This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
6488 "distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
6489 "non-free</literal>"
6490 msgstr ""
6491
6492 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6493 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6494 msgid ""
6495 "This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
6496 "search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
6497 "this tree has a source archive. The architecture 'all' signals that "
6498 "architecture specific files like <filename>Packages</filename> should not "
6499 "include information about architecture <literal>all</literal> packages in "
6500 "all files as they will be available in a dedicated file."
6501 msgstr ""
6502
6503 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6504 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6505 msgid ""
6506 "Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
6507 "and maintainer address information."
6508 msgstr ""
6509
6510 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6511 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6512 msgid ""
6513 "Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
6514 "information."
6515 msgstr ""
6516
6517 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6518 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6519 msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
6520 msgstr ""
6521
6522 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6523 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6524 msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
6525 msgstr ""
6526
6527 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
6528 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6529 msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
6530 msgstr ""
6531
6532 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
6533 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6534 msgid ""
6535 "The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
6536 "with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
6537 "binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
6538 "section with no substitution variables or "
6539 "<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
6540 msgstr ""
6541
6542 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6543 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6544 msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
6545 msgstr ""
6546
6547 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6548 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6549 msgid ""
6550 "Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
6551 "<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
6552 msgstr ""
6553
6554 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6555 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6556 msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
6557 msgstr ""
6558
6559 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6560 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6561 msgid "Sets the binary override file."
6562 msgstr ""
6563
6564 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6565 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6566 msgid "Sets the source override file."
6567 msgstr ""
6568
6569 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6570 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6571 msgid "Sets the cache DB."
6572 msgstr ""
6573
6574 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6575 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6576 msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
6577 msgstr ""
6578
6579 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6580 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6581 msgid "Specifies the file list file."
6582 msgstr ""
6583
6584 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6585 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6586 msgid "The Binary Override File"
6587 msgstr ""
6588
6589 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6590 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6591 msgid ""
6592 "The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
6593 "contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
6594 "name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
6595 "section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
6596 "permutation field."
6597 msgstr ""
6598
6599 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6600 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6601 #, no-wrap
6602 msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
6603 msgstr ""
6604
6605 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
6606 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6607 #, no-wrap
6608 msgid "new"
6609 msgstr ""
6610
6611 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6612 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6613 msgid ""
6614 "The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
6615 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
6616 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
6617 "separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
6618 "found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
6619 "unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
6620 msgstr ""
6621
6622 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6623 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6624 msgid "The Source Override File"
6625 msgstr ""
6626
6627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6628 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6629 msgid ""
6630 "The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
6631 "contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
6632 "package name, the second is the section to assign it."
6633 msgstr ""
6634
6635 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
6636 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6637 msgid "The Extra Override File"
6638 msgstr ""
6639
6640 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6641 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6642 msgid ""
6643 "The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
6644 "the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
6645 "the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
6646 msgstr ""
6647
6648 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6649 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6650 msgid ""
6651 "Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
6652 "the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible. "
6653 "Configuration Items: "
6654 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
6655 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
6656 "where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
6657 "<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
6658 "<literal>Release</literal> and "
6659 "<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
6660 "<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal>, <literal>SHA256</literal> "
6661 "or <literal>SHA512</literal>."
6662 msgstr ""
6663
6664 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6665 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6666 msgid ""
6667 "Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command. "
6668 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
6669 msgstr ""
6670
6671 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6672 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6673 msgid ""
6674 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
6675 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
6676 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
6677 "file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
6678 msgstr ""
6679
6680 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6681 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6682 msgid ""
6683 "Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
6684 "then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
6685 "and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuration "
6686 "Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
6687 msgstr ""
6688
6689 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6690 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6691 msgid ""
6692 "Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
6693 "being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
6694 "and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
6695 "option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on. "
6696 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
6697 msgstr ""
6698
6699 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6700 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6701 msgid ""
6702 "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
6703 "command. Configuration Item: "
6704 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
6705 msgstr ""
6706
6707 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6708 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6709 msgid ""
6710 "Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: "
6711 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
6712 msgstr ""
6713
6714 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6715 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6716 msgid ""
6717 "Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
6718 "commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
6719 "<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
6720 "path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
6721 msgstr ""
6722
6723 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6724 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6725 msgid ""
6726 "&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
6727 "packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
6728 "will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
6729 "checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
6730 "as it will be checked if the file was changed. Note that this option is set "
6731 "to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
6732 "multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
6733 "theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
6734 "are useless."
6735 msgstr ""
6736
6737 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6738 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6739 msgid ""
6740 "This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
6741 "only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
6742 "&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
6743 "that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
6744 "in the generate command."
6745 msgstr ""
6746
6747 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
6748 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6749 #, no-wrap
6750 msgid ""
6751 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
6752 "<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
6753 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
6754 msgstr ""
6755
6756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6757 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6758 msgid ""
6759 "To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
6760 "packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
6761 msgstr ""
6762
6763 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6764 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:1
6765 msgid ""
6766 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6767 "100 on error."
6768 msgstr ""
6769
6770 #. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <book>
6771 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6772 msgid "en"
6773 msgstr ""
6774
6775 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
6776 #: guide.dbk:1
6777 msgid "APT User's Guide"
6778 msgstr ""
6779
6780 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><personname>
6781 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6782 msgid "Jason Gunthorpe"
6783 msgstr ""
6784
6785 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
6786 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6787 msgid "jgg@debian.org"
6788 msgstr ""
6789
6790 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
6791 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6792 msgid "Version &apt-product-version;"
6793 msgstr ""
6794
6795 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
6796 #: guide.dbk:1
6797 msgid ""
6798 "This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
6799 "manager."
6800 msgstr ""
6801
6802 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
6803 #: guide.dbk:1
6804 msgid "<copyright><year>1998</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
6805 msgstr ""
6806
6807 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><title>
6808 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6809 msgid "License Notice"
6810 msgstr ""
6811
6812 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6813 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6814 msgid ""
6815 "\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
6816 "and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
6817 "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
6818 "or (at your option) any later version."
6819 msgstr ""
6820
6821 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
6822 #: guide.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
6823 msgid ""
6824 "For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
6825 "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
6826 msgstr ""
6827
6828 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6829 #: guide.dbk:1
6830 msgid "General"
6831 msgstr ""
6832
6833 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6834 #: guide.dbk:1
6835 msgid ""
6836 "The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
6837 "<command>dselect</command> method and the <command>apt-get</command> command "
6838 "line user interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as "
6839 "well as download new packages from the Internet."
6840 msgstr ""
6841
6842 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
6843 #: guide.dbk:1
6844 msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
6845 msgstr ""
6846
6847 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6848 #: guide.dbk:1
6849 msgid ""
6850 "The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
6851 "with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
6852 "the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
6853 msgstr ""
6854
6855 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6856 #: guide.dbk:1
6857 msgid ""
6858 "The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
6859 "elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
6860 "used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
6861 "things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
6862 "in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
6863 msgstr ""
6864
6865 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6866 #: guide.dbk:1
6867 msgid ""
6868 "The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
6869 "concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
6870 "package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
6871 "properly."
6872 msgstr ""
6873
6874 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6875 #: guide.dbk:1
6876 msgid ""
6877 "For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
6878 "with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
6879 "simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
6880 "simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
6881 msgstr ""
6882
6883 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6884 #: guide.dbk:1
6885 msgid ""
6886 "The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
6887 "means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
6888 "may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
6889 "mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
6890 "have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
6891 "network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
6892 "system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
6893 "other mail transport agents."
6894 msgstr ""
6895
6896 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6897 #: guide.dbk:1
6898 msgid ""
6899 "As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
6900 "to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
6901 "identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
6902 "the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
6903 "mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
6904 "a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
6905 "depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
6906 "trying to manually fix packages."
6907 msgstr ""
6908
6909 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
6910 #: guide.dbk:1
6911 msgid ""
6912 "At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
6913 "already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
6914 "issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
6915 "packages for installation."
6916 msgstr ""
6917
6918 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
6919 #: guide.dbk:1
6920 msgid "apt-get"
6921 msgstr ""
6922
6923 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6924 #: guide.dbk:1
6925 msgid ""
6926 "<command>apt-get</command> provides a simple way to install packages from "
6927 "the command line. Unlike <command>dpkg</command>, <command>apt-get</command> "
6928 "does not understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and "
6929 "can only install .deb archives from a <emphasis>Source</emphasis>."
6930 msgstr ""
6931
6932 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
6933 #: guide.dbk:1
6934 msgid ""
6935 "If you are using an http proxy server you must set the http_proxy "
6936 "environment variable first, see sources.list(5)"
6937 msgstr ""
6938
6939 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6940 #: guide.dbk:1
6941 msgid ""
6942 "The first <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> thing that should be "
6943 "done before using <command>apt-get</command> is to fetch the package lists "
6944 "from the <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> so that it knows what packages are "
6945 "available. This is done with <literal>apt-get update</literal>. For "
6946 "instance,"
6947 msgstr ""
6948
6949 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
6950 #: guide.dbk:1
6951 #, no-wrap
6952 msgid ""
6953 "# apt-get update\n"
6954 "Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
6955 "Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6956 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6957 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6958 msgstr ""
6959
6960 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
6961 #: guide.dbk:1
6962 msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
6963 msgstr ""
6964
6965 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6966 #: guide.dbk:1
6967 msgid "upgrade"
6968 msgstr ""
6969
6970 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6971 #: guide.dbk:1
6972 msgid ""
6973 "Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
6974 "install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
6975 "upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
6976 "used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
6977 "the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
6978 "on new packages or conflict with some other "
6979 "package. <command>dselect</command> or <literal>apt-get install</literal> "
6980 "can be used to force these packages to install."
6981 msgstr ""
6982
6983 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
6984 #: guide.dbk:1
6985 msgid "install"
6986 msgstr ""
6987
6988 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
6989 #: guide.dbk:1
6990 msgid ""
6991 "Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
6992 "fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
6993 "the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
6994 "number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
6995 "fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
6996 "the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
6997 "anything other than its arguments are changed."
6998 msgstr ""
6999
7000 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
7001 #: guide.dbk:1
7002 msgid "dist-upgrade"
7003 msgstr ""
7004
7005 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
7006 #: guide.dbk:1
7007 msgid ""
7008 "Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
7009 "releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
7010 "set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
7011 "to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
7012 "dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
7013 "<command>dselect</command>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
7014 "<command>dselect</command> can be used to install any packages that may have "
7015 "been left out."
7016 msgstr ""
7017
7018 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
7019 #: guide.dbk:1
7020 msgid ""
7021 "It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
7022 "decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
7023 msgstr ""
7024
7025 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7026 #: guide.dbk:1
7027 msgid ""
7028 "<command>apt-get</command> has several command line options that are "
7029 "detailed in its man page, "
7030 "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>apt-get</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>. "
7031 "The most useful option is <literal>-d</literal> which does not install the "
7032 "fetched files. If the system has to download a large number of package it "
7033 "would be undesired to start installing them in case something goes "
7034 "wrong. When <literal>-d</literal> is used the downloaded archives can be "
7035 "installed by simply running the command that caused them to be downloaded "
7036 "again without <literal>-d</literal>."
7037 msgstr ""
7038
7039 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7040 #: guide.dbk:1
7041 msgid "DSelect"
7042 msgstr ""
7043
7044 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7045 #: guide.dbk:1
7046 msgid ""
7047 "The APT <command>dselect</command> method provides the complete APT system "
7048 "with the <command>dselect</command> package selection "
7049 "GUI. <command>dselect</command> is used to select the packages to be "
7050 "installed or removed and APT actually installs them."
7051 msgstr ""
7052
7053 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7054 #: guide.dbk:1
7055 msgid ""
7056 "To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in "
7057 "<command>dselect</command> and then choose the APT method. You will be "
7058 "prompted for a set of <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> which are places to fetch "
7059 "archives from. These can be remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or "
7060 "CD-ROMs. Each source can provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT "
7061 "will automatically combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you "
7062 "have a CD-ROM then it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a "
7063 "mirror so that you have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will "
7064 "automatically use packages on your CD-ROM before downloading from the "
7065 "Internet."
7066 msgstr ""
7067
7068 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7069 #: guide.dbk:1
7070 #, no-wrap
7071 msgid ""
7072 " Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
7073 "\n"
7074 " Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
7075 " The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
7076 "\n"
7077 " For example:\n"
7078 " file:/mnt/debian,\n"
7079 " ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
7080 " http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
7081 "\n"
7082 "\n"
7083 " URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:\n"
7084 msgstr ""
7085
7086 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7087 #: guide.dbk:1
7088 msgid ""
7089 "The <emphasis>Sources</emphasis> setup starts by asking for the base of the "
7090 "Debian archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the "
7091 "distribution to get."
7092 msgstr ""
7093
7094 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7095 #: guide.dbk:1
7096 #, no-wrap
7097 msgid ""
7098 " Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
7099 " package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
7100 " tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
7101 "\n"
7102 " Distribution [stable]:\n"
7103 msgstr ""
7104
7105 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7106 #: guide.dbk:1
7107 msgid ""
7108 "The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
7109 "<emphasis>stable</emphasis> refers to the latest released version and "
7110 "<emphasis>unstable</emphasis> refers to the developmental "
7111 "version. <emphasis>non-US</emphasis> is only available on some mirrors and "
7112 "refers to packages that contain encryption technology or other things that "
7113 "cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these packages into the "
7114 "US is legal however."
7115 msgstr ""
7116
7117 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><screen>
7118 #: guide.dbk:1
7119 #, no-wrap
7120 msgid ""
7121 " Please give the components to get\n"
7122 " The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
7123 "\n"
7124 " Components [main contrib non-free]:\n"
7125 msgstr ""
7126
7127 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7128 #: guide.dbk:1
7129 msgid ""
7130 "The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
7131 "distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
7132 "packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
7133 "restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
7134 msgstr ""
7135
7136 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7137 #: guide.dbk:1
7138 msgid ""
7139 "Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
7140 "until you have specified all that you want."
7141 msgstr ""
7142
7143 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7144 #: guide.dbk:1
7145 msgid ""
7146 "Before starting to use <command>dselect</command> it is necessary to update "
7147 "the available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset "
7148 "of <literal>apt-get update</literal> that makes the fetched information "
7149 "available to <command>dselect</command>. [U]pdate must be performed even if "
7150 "<literal>apt-get update</literal> has been run before."
7151 msgstr ""
7152
7153 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7154 #: guide.dbk:1
7155 msgid ""
7156 "You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
7157 "the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
7158 "[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
7159 "them together."
7160 msgstr ""
7161
7162 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7163 #: guide.dbk:1
7164 msgid ""
7165 "By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
7166 "have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
7167 "<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
7168 msgstr ""
7169
7170 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7171 #: guide.dbk:1
7172 msgid "The Interface"
7173 msgstr ""
7174
7175 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para>
7176 #: guide.dbk:1
7177 msgid ""
7178 "The <command>dselect</command> method actually is a set of wrapper scripts "
7179 "to <command>apt-get</command>. The method actually provides more "
7180 "functionality than is present in <command>apt-get</command> alone."
7181 msgstr ""
7182
7183 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para>
7184 #: guide.dbk:1
7185 msgid ""
7186 "Both that APT <command>dselect</command> method and "
7187 "<command>apt-get</command> share the same interface. It is a simple system "
7188 "that generally tells you what it will do and then goes and does "
7189 "it. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> After printing out a summary "
7190 "of what will happen APT then will print out some informative status messages "
7191 "so that you can estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
7192 msgstr ""
7193
7194 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7195 #: guide.dbk:1
7196 msgid "Startup"
7197 msgstr ""
7198
7199 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7200 #: guide.dbk:1
7201 msgid ""
7202 "Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
7203 "prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
7204 "state. At any time these operations can be performed by running "
7205 "<literal>apt-get check</literal>."
7206 msgstr ""
7207
7208 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7209 #: guide.dbk:1
7210 #, no-wrap
7211 msgid ""
7212 "# apt-get check\n"
7213 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7214 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7215 msgstr ""
7216
7217 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7218 #: guide.dbk:1
7219 msgid ""
7220 "The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
7221 "a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
7222 "run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
7223 "and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
7224 msgstr ""
7225
7226 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7227 #: guide.dbk:1
7228 msgid ""
7229 "The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
7230 "dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
7231 "package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
7232 "will be printed out and <command>apt-get</command> will refuse to run."
7233 msgstr ""
7234
7235 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7236 #: guide.dbk:1
7237 #, no-wrap
7238 msgid ""
7239 "# apt-get check\n"
7240 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
7241 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
7242 "You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
7243 "Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
7244 " 9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
7245 " uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
7246 " blast: Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7247 " adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
7248 " aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
7249 " debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
7250 " bash-builtins: Depends: bash (&gt;= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
7251 " cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
7252 " Depends: xlib6g (&gt;= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
7253 " libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (&lt;&lt; 2.1-2.1)\n"
7254 msgstr ""
7255
7256 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7257 #: guide.dbk:1
7258 msgid ""
7259 "In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
7260 "with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
7261 "printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
7262 "that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
7263 "problem is also included."
7264 msgstr ""
7265
7266 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para><footnote><para>
7267 #: guide.dbk:1
7268 msgid ""
7269 "APT however considers all known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
7270 "packages"
7271 msgstr ""
7272
7273 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7274 #: guide.dbk:1
7275 msgid ""
7276 "There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
7277 "is caused by <command>dpkg</command> missing some subtle relationships "
7278 "between packages when performing upgrades. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
7279 "id=\"0\"/>. The second is if a package installation fails during an "
7280 "operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked without its "
7281 "dependents being installed."
7282 msgstr ""
7283
7284 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7285 #: guide.dbk:1
7286 msgid ""
7287 "The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
7288 "certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
7289 "supplying the <literal>-f</literal> option to <command>apt-get</command> "
7290 "will cause APT to deduce a possible solution to the problem and then "
7291 "continue on. The APT <command>dselect</command> method always supplies the "
7292 "<literal>-f</literal> option to allow for easy continuation of failed "
7293 "maintainer scripts."
7294 msgstr ""
7295
7296 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7297 #: guide.dbk:1
7298 msgid ""
7299 "However, if the <literal>-f</literal> option is used to correct a seriously "
7300 "broken system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will "
7301 "either fail immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either "
7302 "case it is necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to "
7303 "correct the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
7304 msgstr ""
7305
7306 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7307 #: guide.dbk:1
7308 msgid "The Status Report"
7309 msgstr ""
7310
7311 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7312 #: guide.dbk:1
7313 msgid ""
7314 "Before proceeding <command>apt-get</command> will present a report on what "
7315 "will happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being "
7316 "performed but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists "
7317 "reflect the final state of things, taking into account the "
7318 "<literal>-f</literal> option and any other relevant activities to the "
7319 "command being executed."
7320 msgstr ""
7321
7322 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7323 #: guide.dbk:1
7324 msgid "The Extra Package list"
7325 msgstr ""
7326
7327 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7328 #: guide.dbk:1
7329 #, no-wrap
7330 msgid ""
7331 "The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
7332 " libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
7333 " mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
7334 " bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
7335 " squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
7336 " ssh\n"
7337 msgstr ""
7338
7339 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7340 #: guide.dbk:1
7341 msgid ""
7342 "The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
7343 "upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
7344 "generated for an <literal>install</literal> command. The listed packages are "
7345 "often the result of an Auto Install."
7346 msgstr ""
7347
7348 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7349 #: guide.dbk:1
7350 msgid "The Packages to Remove"
7351 msgstr ""
7352
7353 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7354 #: guide.dbk:1
7355 #, no-wrap
7356 msgid ""
7357 "The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
7358 " xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
7359 " xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
7360 " xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
7361 " nas xpilot xfig\n"
7362 msgstr ""
7363
7364 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7365 #: guide.dbk:1
7366 msgid ""
7367 "The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
7368 "from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
7369 "given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
7370 "off. The <literal>-f</literal> option is especially good at generating "
7371 "packages to remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may "
7372 "contain packages that are going to be removed because they are only "
7373 "partially installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
7374 msgstr ""
7375
7376 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7377 #: guide.dbk:1
7378 msgid "The New Packages list"
7379 msgstr ""
7380
7381 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7382 #: guide.dbk:1
7383 #, no-wrap
7384 msgid ""
7385 "The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
7386 " zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base\n"
7387 msgstr ""
7388
7389 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7390 #: guide.dbk:1
7391 msgid ""
7392 "The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
7393 "listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
7394 "done."
7395 msgstr ""
7396
7397 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7398 #: guide.dbk:1
7399 msgid "The Kept Back list"
7400 msgstr ""
7401
7402 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7403 #: guide.dbk:1
7404 #, no-wrap
7405 msgid ""
7406 "The following packages have been kept back\n"
7407 " compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
7408 " gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver\n"
7409 msgstr ""
7410
7411 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7412 #: guide.dbk:1
7413 msgid ""
7414 "Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
7415 "new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
7416 "or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
7417 "appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
7418 "to install is with <literal>apt-get install</literal> or by using "
7419 "<command>dselect</command> to resolve their problems."
7420 msgstr ""
7421
7422 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7423 #: guide.dbk:1
7424 msgid "Held Packages warning"
7425 msgstr ""
7426
7427 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7428 #: guide.dbk:1
7429 #, no-wrap
7430 msgid ""
7431 "The following held packages will be changed:\n"
7432 " cvs\n"
7433 msgstr ""
7434
7435 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7436 #: guide.dbk:1
7437 msgid ""
7438 "Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
7439 "case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
7440 "changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
7441 msgstr ""
7442
7443 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><title>
7444 #: guide.dbk:1
7445 msgid "Final summary"
7446 msgstr ""
7447
7448 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7449 #: guide.dbk:1
7450 msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
7451 msgstr ""
7452
7453 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><screen>
7454 #: guide.dbk:1
7455 #, no-wrap
7456 msgid ""
7457 "206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
7458 "upgraded.\n"
7459 "12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
7460 "Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used.\n"
7461 msgstr ""
7462
7463 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7464 #: guide.dbk:1
7465 msgid ""
7466 "The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
7467 "lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
7468 "installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
7469 "number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
7470 "installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
7471 "installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
7472 "archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
7473 "fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
7474 "the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
7475 "the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
7476 "roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
7477 "done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
7478 "indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
7479 msgstr ""
7480
7481 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><section><para>
7482 #: guide.dbk:1
7483 msgid ""
7484 "Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
7485 "to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
7486 msgstr ""
7487
7488 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7489 #: guide.dbk:1
7490 msgid "The Status Display"
7491 msgstr ""
7492
7493 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7494 #: guide.dbk:1
7495 msgid ""
7496 "During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
7497 "status messages."
7498 msgstr ""
7499
7500 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7501 #: guide.dbk:1
7502 #, no-wrap
7503 msgid ""
7504 "# apt-get update\n"
7505 "Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
7506 "Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
7507 "Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
7508 "Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
7509 "Packages\n"
7510 "Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
7511 "11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s\n"
7512 msgstr ""
7513
7514 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7515 #: guide.dbk:1
7516 msgid ""
7517 "The lines starting with <emphasis>Get</emphasis> are printed out when APT "
7518 "begins to fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the "
7519 "download. The first percent value on the progress line indicates the total "
7520 "percent done of all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files "
7521 "is unknown <literal>apt-get update</literal> estimates the percent done "
7522 "which causes some inaccuracies."
7523 msgstr ""
7524
7525 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7526 #: guide.dbk:1
7527 msgid ""
7528 "The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
7529 "thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
7530 "information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
7531 "<emphasis>Forking</emphasis> which means the OS is loading the download "
7532 "module. The first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the "
7533 "history lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
7534 "downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
7535 "being fetched."
7536 msgstr ""
7537
7538 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7539 #: guide.dbk:1
7540 msgid ""
7541 "Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
7542 "of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
7543 "<emphasis>Connecting</emphasis> to <emphasis>Waiting for file</emphasis> to "
7544 "<emphasis>Downloading</emphasis> or <emphasis>Resuming</emphasis>. The final "
7545 "value is the number of bytes downloaded from the remote site. Once the "
7546 "download begins this is represented as <literal>102/10.2k</literal> "
7547 "indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 kilobytes is "
7548 "expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation to preserve "
7549 "space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file itself. The "
7550 "second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This values is "
7551 "updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for that "
7552 "period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
7553 "regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
7554 "rate."
7555 msgstr ""
7556
7557 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7558 #: guide.dbk:1
7559 msgid ""
7560 "The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
7561 "on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
7562 "is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
7563 "for logging to a file, use the <literal>-q</literal> option to remove the "
7564 "status display."
7565 msgstr ""
7566
7567 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7568 #: guide.dbk:1
7569 msgid "Dpkg"
7570 msgstr ""
7571
7572 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7573 #: guide.dbk:1
7574 msgid ""
7575 "APT uses <command>dpkg</command> for installing the archives and will switch "
7576 "over to the <command>dpkg</command> interface once downloading is "
7577 "completed. <command>dpkg</command> will also ask a number of questions as it "
7578 "processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
7579 "questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
7580 "asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
7581 msgstr ""
7582
7583 #. type: Content of: <book><title>
7584 #: offline.dbk:1
7585 msgid "Using APT Offline"
7586 msgstr ""
7587
7588 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
7589 #: offline.dbk:1
7590 msgid ""
7591 "This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
7592 "specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
7593 msgstr ""
7594
7595 #. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
7596 #: offline.dbk:1
7597 msgid "<copyright><year>1999</year><holder>Jason Gunthorpe</holder></copyright>"
7598 msgstr ""
7599
7600 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7601 #: offline.dbk:1
7602 msgid "Introduction"
7603 msgstr ""
7604
7605 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7606 #: offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1 offline.dbk:1
7607 msgid "Overview"
7608 msgstr ""
7609
7610 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7611 #: offline.dbk:1
7612 msgid ""
7613 "Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
7614 "media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
7615 "machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
7616 "fast connection but they are physically distant."
7617 msgstr ""
7618
7619 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7620 #: offline.dbk:1
7621 msgid ""
7622 "The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
7623 "SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
7624 "archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
7625 "to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
7626 "them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
7627 "possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
7628 "different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <emphasis>remote "
7629 "host</emphasis> mean the machine downloading the packages, and "
7630 "<emphasis>target host</emphasis> the one with bad or no connection."
7631 msgstr ""
7632
7633 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7634 #: offline.dbk:1
7635 msgid ""
7636 "This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
7637 "essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
7638 "that the disc should be formatted with a filesystem that can handle long "
7639 "file names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
7640 msgstr ""
7641
7642 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7643 #: offline.dbk:1
7644 msgid "Using APT on both machines"
7645 msgstr ""
7646
7647 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7648 #: offline.dbk:1
7649 msgid ""
7650 "APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
7651 "basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
7652 "remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
7653 "to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
7654 msgstr ""
7655
7656 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7657 #: offline.dbk:1
7658 #, no-wrap
7659 msgid ""
7660 " /disc/\n"
7661 " archives/\n"
7662 " partial/\n"
7663 " lists/\n"
7664 " partial/\n"
7665 " status\n"
7666 " sources.list\n"
7667 " apt.conf\n"
7668 msgstr ""
7669
7670 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7671 #: offline.dbk:1
7672 msgid "The configuration file"
7673 msgstr ""
7674
7675 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7676 #: offline.dbk:1
7677 msgid ""
7678 "The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
7679 "use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
7680 "contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
7681 "the status file should be a copy of "
7682 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> from the <emphasis>target "
7683 "host</emphasis>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must use "
7684 "copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
7685 msgstr ""
7686
7687 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7688 #: offline.dbk:1
7689 msgid ""
7690 "<emphasis>apt.conf</emphasis> must contain the necessary information to make "
7691 "APT use the disc:"
7692 msgstr ""
7693
7694 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7695 #: offline.dbk:1
7696 #, no-wrap
7697 msgid ""
7698 " APT\n"
7699 " {\n"
7700 " /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
7701 "tells\n"
7702 " the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
7703 " Architecture \"i386\";\n"
7704 "\n"
7705 " Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
7706 " };\n"
7707 "\n"
7708 " Dir\n"
7709 " {\n"
7710 " /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
7711 " the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
7712 " State \"/disc/\";\n"
7713 " State::status \"status\";\n"
7714 "\n"
7715 " // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
7716 " Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
7717 " Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
7718 "\n"
7719 " // Location of the source list.\n"
7720 " Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
7721 " };\n"
7722 msgstr ""
7723
7724 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7725 #: offline.dbk:1
7726 msgid ""
7727 "More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
7728 "configuration file in "
7729 "<emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</emphasis>."
7730 msgstr ""
7731
7732 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7733 #: offline.dbk:1
7734 msgid ""
7735 "On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
7736 "<emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</emphasis> to it. You will also need to "
7737 "create the directories outlined in the Overview, "
7738 "<emphasis>archives/partial/</emphasis> and "
7739 "<emphasis>lists/partial/</emphasis>. Then take the disc to the remote "
7740 "machine and configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the "
7741 "following:"
7742 msgstr ""
7743
7744 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7745 #: offline.dbk:1
7746 #, no-wrap
7747 msgid ""
7748 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7749 " # apt-get update\n"
7750 " [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
7751 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7752 " [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]\n"
7753 msgstr ""
7754
7755 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7756 #: offline.dbk:1
7757 msgid ""
7758 "The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
7759 "commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
7760 "such as <emphasis>dselect</emphasis>. However this presents a problem in "
7761 "communicating your selections back to the local computer."
7762 msgstr ""
7763
7764 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7765 #: offline.dbk:1
7766 msgid ""
7767 "Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
7768 "the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
7769 msgstr ""
7770
7771 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7772 #: offline.dbk:1
7773 #, no-wrap
7774 msgid ""
7775 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
7776 " # apt-get check\n"
7777 " [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
7778 " # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
7779 " [ Or any other APT command ]\n"
7780 msgstr ""
7781
7782 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7783 #: offline.dbk:1
7784 msgid ""
7785 "It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
7786 "local one. This is very important!"
7787 msgstr ""
7788
7789 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7790 #: offline.dbk:1
7791 msgid ""
7792 "If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
7793 "disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
7794 "remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
7795 "selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
7796 "NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
7797 msgstr ""
7798
7799 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title>
7800 #: offline.dbk:1
7801 msgid "Using APT and wget"
7802 msgstr ""
7803
7804 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7805 #: offline.dbk:1
7806 msgid ""
7807 "<emphasis>wget</emphasis> is a popular and portable download tool that can "
7808 "run on nearly any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the "
7809 "Debian machine already has a list of available packages."
7810 msgstr ""
7811
7812 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7813 #: offline.dbk:1
7814 msgid ""
7815 "The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
7816 "downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
7817 "option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
7818 "packages."
7819 msgstr ""
7820
7821 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><title>
7822 #: offline.dbk:1
7823 msgid "Operation"
7824 msgstr ""
7825
7826 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7827 #: offline.dbk:1
7828 msgid ""
7829 "Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
7830 "required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
7831 msgstr ""
7832
7833 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7834 #: offline.dbk:1
7835 #, no-wrap
7836 msgid ""
7837 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
7838 " [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
7839 " # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade &gt; uris\n"
7840 " # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' &lt; uris &gt; /disc/wget-script\n"
7841 msgstr ""
7842
7843 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7844 #: offline.dbk:1
7845 msgid ""
7846 "Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
7847 "dselect-upgrade."
7848 msgstr ""
7849
7850 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7851 #: offline.dbk:1
7852 msgid ""
7853 "The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
7854 "execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
7855 "with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
7856 "output on the disc."
7857 msgstr ""
7858
7859 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7860 #: offline.dbk:1
7861 msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
7862 msgstr ""
7863
7864 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7865 #: offline.dbk:1
7866 #, no-wrap
7867 msgid ""
7868 " # cd /disc\n"
7869 " # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
7870 " [ wait.. ]\n"
7871 msgstr ""
7872
7873 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7874 #: offline.dbk:1
7875 msgid ""
7876 "Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
7877 "installation can proceed using,"
7878 msgstr ""
7879
7880 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><screen>
7881 #: offline.dbk:1
7882 #, no-wrap
7883 msgid " # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade\n"
7884 msgstr ""
7885
7886 #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para>
7887 #: offline.dbk:1
7888 msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
7889 msgstr ""